Catalog HIMEL

2014-09-05

: Pdf 115695-Attachment 115695-Attachment 785901 Batch7 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 186

DownloadCatalog HIMEL
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
HISPANO MECANO ELÉCTRICA, S.A.
Llobregat, 9 - Pol. Ind. El Pla
08750 Molins de Rei (Barcelona) SPAIN
Tel.: + 34 93 484 33 33
Fax: + 34 93 484 34 89
E-mail: customerservice@himel.es
www.himelenclosures.com

900001 B06

We reserve the right to further developments and
technical modifications of our products. Such
modifications, along with errors and printing errata,
shall not constitute grounds for compensation.
We refer customers to our Terms of Sale and delivery.

Dep. legal: B. 8.045-2006

general catalogue 47G.1e

general catalogue

SUMMARY

WALL FIXING AND
FLOOR STANDING
METAL ENCLOSURES

BOXES AND ENCLOSURES
IN POLYESTER

METAL AND INSULATING
BOXES AND ENCLOSURES

BOXES FOR MODULAR
DISTRIBUTION

THERMAL CONTROL FOR
ELECTRICAL SWITCHBOARDS

ACCESSORIES

ANNEX TECHNICAL
REFERENCE LIST

summary H IM EL 3

47G.1e
C O M PA N Y

Our Company
Since 1958, Himel has always been anxious to remain very close to its
customers. The constant innovation in our designs, improvements in our
logistics process and the continuous expansion of our world distribution
network demonstrate this fact.
We are specialists in the design, production and marketing of enclosure
systems which ease the implementation of your installations and protect
them under any environmental conditions.
Our products adapt perfectly to each and every one of the necessities of
the industrial, tertiary and domestic sectors.

Our values
Over the years, Himel has developed the values that bring it closer to its
customers:
c
c
c
c

4 HIMEL company

Wide range of enclosures available near you.
Easily adaptable, flexible universal solutions.
Enclosures designed to simplify and carry out your installations.
Reactivity and maximum cooperation.

Himel “Always close to you”
Himel’s extensive catalogue offers technical solutions for enclosures in steel,
stainless steel, thermoplastic and polyester, including the elements for thermal control in the interior of the enclosure and a very wide range of accessories to facilitate the construction of your equipment.
In this way, we can always be close to your applications, whether they are
for electrical distribution, industrial control and automatism or voice and data
networks, in the industrial, infrastructure, tertiary or residential markets.
The communication link with our customers is established by means of our
extensive sales network, which offers you highly-qualified, professional personal treatment, satisfying all your needs and keeping you constantly informed of our products and services.

company H IM EL 5

Himel in the world
During the last 25 years, Himel has been implanting an intense strategy of internationalisation. This has made it possible for our enclosures today to be protecting thousands of installations in the five
continents, with a total guarantee of quality.
Thanks to a wide, professionalized distribution network, we have
succeeded in locating our range of enclosures always close to where
you are, available for rapid, sure delivery in most of the countries in
the world.
A will of iron to achieve quality, service and reactivity to our customers’
demands, has allowed us to consolidate a position of leadership in
the enclosures market, which permits us to continue developing
advanced solutions for protecting your future installations, wherever
they may be.

6 HIMEL company

Logistics are the key
One of the reasons for our success is the importance we attach to
logistics. Our commitment to serving our customers, in an increasingly efficient manner all over the world, impels us to make efforts in
logistical innovations that are applied to all processes of storage,
transport, distribution and marketing.
We apply new database, automatic identification, and packaging
technologies which ensure that waiting times are minimal, that errors
are not produced, that the products are well transported and that
handling and storage are simple.
Logistics thus become a competitive advantage, which permits delivery periods to be shortened and, most important of all, allows us to
provide customers with an excellent service.

company H IM EL 7

Ranking and classification
of the products and their
different components

Each product line is composed of different sections: title page, introduction, panorama, explanations, selection table, product and description, panel of models and
references, dimensions and diagrams, basic components, installation systems,
accessories and complements.
These sections are coded as follows:
Ranking coding:

Colour
corresponding
to product
line

Classification of the
enclosures in the chapters
CRN

WALL MOUNTING STEEL ENCLOSURES
IP66 (EN 60529)

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Enclosures

External
dimensions (mm)
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Reference

250

200

150

CRN-2520/150

300

250

150

Fig.

Flange
opening
type

-

1

0

3.2

1

CRN-3025/150

CRN-3025/150 KT

A

4.2

300

250

200

CRN-3025/200

CRN-3025/200 KT

1

A

4.9

300

150

CRN-33/150

CRN-33/150 KT

1

B

300

300

200

CRN-33/200

CRN-33/200 KT

1

5

B

6

300

400

200

CRN-34/200

CRN-34/200 KT

1

C

6.4

400

300

150

CRN-43/150

CRN-43/150 KT

1

B

6

400

300

200

CRN-43/200

CRN-43/200 KT

1

B

6.8

400

400

200

CRN-44/200

CRN-44/200 KT

1

C

8

400

600

250

CRN-46/250

CRN-46/250 KT

1

D

10

400

600

300

CRN-46/300

CRN-46/300 KT

1

D

11.2

500

400

150

CRN-54/150

CRN-54/150 KT

2

B

8.7

500

400

200

CRN-54/200

CRN-54/200 KT

2

C

9.8

500

400

250

CRN-54/250

CRN-54/250 KT

2

C

11

500

500

250

CRN-55/250

CRN-55/250 KT

2

D

12.8

600

400

150

CRN-64/150

CRN-64/150 KT

2

B

9.3

600

400

200

CRN-64/200

CRN-64/200 KT

2

C

10.8

600

400

250

CRN-64/250

CRN-64/250 KT

2

C

12.3

600

500

150

CRN-65/150

CRN-65/150 KT

2

600

500

200

CRN-65/200

CRN-65/200 KT

2

B

11.3

D

14.3

600

500

250

CRN-65/250

CRN-65/250 KT

2

D

16.3

600

600

200

CRN-66/200

CRN-66/200 KT

2

D

-

600

600

250

CRN-66/250

CRN-66/250 KT

2

D

18.2

600

600

300

CRN-66/300

CRN-66/300 KT

2

D

19.8

600

800

300

CRN-68/300

CRN-68/300 KT

2

E

26

700

500

200

CRN-75/200

CRN-75/200 KT

2

D

17.3

700

500

250

CRN-75/250

CRN-75/250 KT

2

D

19.3

800

600

200

CRN-86/200

CRN-86/200 KT

2

D

21.8

800
800
800

600
600
600

250

CRN-86/250

CRN-86/250 KT

2

D

24.8

300

CRN-86/300

CRN-86/300 KT

2

D

26.3

400

CRN-86/400

CRN-86/400 KT

2

D

-

200

CRN-88/200

CRN-88/200 KT

2

E

29.5

800

800

300

CRN-88/300

CRN-88/300 KT

2

E

32.5

800

1,000

300

CRN-810/300**

4

E

37

1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000

800

600
600
800
800
800

250

CRN-106/250

300

CRN-106/300

2

D

2

D

28.4

CRN-108/250 KT

2

CRN-108/300 KT

2

CRN-108/400

CRN-108/400 KT

2

E

-

CRN-1010/300**

CRN-1010/300 KT**

4 (KT:3)

E

46.7

CRN-1012/300**

-

4

E

41

300
300

E

30.6

CRN-108/250
CRN-108/300

400

1,000
1,200
800

CRN-106/250 KT
CRN-106/300 KT

250
300

1,000
1,000
1,200

-

E

E

Metallic
chasis
DLM

Fixed and
swing
19" racks

Internal
door

Weight*
Kg

300

800

Mounting
plate
adjustable
supports

Mounting plates

Reference with
glazed door

34.5
37.4

300

CRN-128/300**

CRN-128/300 KT**

3

1,200

800

400

CRN-128/400**

CRN-128/400 KT**

3

E

-

1,200

1,000

300

CRN-1210/300**

-

4

E

53.4

1,200

1,000

400

CRN-1210/400**

CRN-1210/400 KT**

4 (KT:3)

E

-

-

Metal

Insul.

Perf.

Universal

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

Colour
corresponding
to systems

Colour
corresponding
to accessories

Ranking coding:

1. Product lines section
1.1. Sub-index.
1.2. Introduction.
1.3. Tables of description by selection type.
1.4. Tables of selection by type.
1.5. Main points.
1.6. Models, measurements, references, diagrams.

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p

p
p

p
p

* Weight of enclosures with plain door. ** Enclosures with three point locking system.

2. Systems section
2.1. Selection tables.
2.2. Product description, tables, diagrams.
3. Accessories section
3.1. Selection tables.
3.2. Product description, tables, diagrams.

In the selection tables, you will find, duly indicated,
the product’s degree of protection, plus a small
summary of the page where this enclosure is located,
for your complete information.

WALL FIXING AND FLOOR
STANDING METAL ENCLOSURES

Detail colour code for indexes

BOXES AND
IN POLYEST

WALL FIXING AND FLOOR
STANDING METAL ENCLOSURES

Detail colour code for title pages

user’s guide H IM EL 11

Himel and the environment
At Himel, we are committed to our planet. Therefore, we have a
company culture that is absolutely respectful of the environment.
We integrate into our strategic decisions the development manufacturing products and processes that optimise energy consumption and permit recycling.
All our factories have obtained the ISO 14001 Certificate of Environmental Management, the maximum institutional recognition for
Himel’s efforts towards the development and application of clean
technologies in production processes, which reduce environmental
impact and contribute to the conservation of the environment.

8 HIMEL company

At Himel, quality is not improvised
Quality at Himel is an indispensable requirement to guarantee that our customer’s needs are met.
It is the result of integral management, which encompasses both the staff of the company and our suppliers in this
philosophy. The Company Registration Certificates ER-008/1/91 and ER-009/1/91 according to UNE-EN-ISO9001 granted by AENOR, reaffirm the validity of the management systems for ensuring the quality of our products.
Products which have been tested and certified by the most prestigious international organisms.

C

UL
®

US

LISTED

GL
company H IM EL 9

47G.1e
USER’S GUIDE

User’s guide
In this section, which we call the “User’s Guide”, we define the visual codes necessary to better understand and use this catalogue.
Inside, the graphic elements are explained that define the composition, structure, colour and other components of the different
chapters, so as to facilitate a rapid and efficient search for anything that may be of immediate interest.

2005 General Catalogue
Sectional chapters

Colour coding

This Catalogue, in addition to the different general information sections, consists
of 6 chapters, each of which corresponds to a range of our products. You will find
these chapters duly paginated in the general table of contents and in the particular sub-indexes.
An identifying colour has been established for each of the sections making up the
catalogue and this indicates in which section it is located throughout the catalogue. You will also find this colour coding on the side of the catalogue to help you
to look for the different product ranges.
Both the list of contents and the entries to the different chapters include this
coding, so that you can always know which section of the catalogue you are
reading.

1 - WALL FIXING AND FLOOR STANDING METAL ENCLOSURES
2 - BOXES AND ENCLOSURES IN POLYESTER
3 - METAL AND INSULATING BOXES AND ENCLOSURE
4 - BOXES FOR MODULAR DISTRIBUTION
5 - THERMAL CONTROL FOR ELECTRICAL SWITCHBOARDS
6 - ACCESSORIES

Example of use of colour identifier at (explanatory)
chapter beginnings

CRN wall mounting steel enclo sures suitable for all applications
Wall fixing brackets fixed
from the outside and can
be placed both horizontally
or vertically. Not included
as standard supply.

Foamed-in polyurethane
gasket guarantees
watertightness for years.
Perforated door reinforcement
profiles allowing fixing of
equipment in up to 400 mm
high enclosures.

Transparent tempered
glass door and fully
watertight, maintaining
IP66 protection.

Front rain gutter avoids the entry of
water, oil or liquids which ensures IP66
protection and protects the inside
surface when opening the door.
Built in standard double
bar lociking system and
three points locking for
two doors enclosures and
1,200 mm high
enclosures. Different lock
transformations available.

A complete range of
mounting plates
suitable for most types
of installations.

Embedded cable gland
plate and entrance, leveled
with the base, with a
neoprene seal.
Insulated cable gland
plates with pre-punched
holes for easy cable entry
available as accessory.

Back of enclosure with four
M8  15 welded studs with
built-in spacers for fixing of
mounting plate and
adjustable support.
Wall fixing holes sealed with
plastic plugs to assure the
protection degree.
Depth adjustable support
with positions every
12.5 mm.

1/22 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

10 HIMEL user’s guide

Two M6  15 welded earth
studs on the back an one
M6  15 stud on the door.
Easily reversible door, fitted
with two or three invisible
hinges allowing 120º opening.
CRN wall mounting steel enclosures HIMEL 1/23

47G.1e
GENERAL INDEX

WALL FIXING AND FLOOR
STANDING METAL ENCLOSURES

BOXES AND ENCLOSURES
IN POLYESTER

METAL AND INSULATING
BOXES AND ENCLOSURES

Presentation

1/2

Presentation

2/2

Presentation

3/2

Selection guide

1/4

Selection guide

2/4

Selection guide

3/4

CRN
Wall mounting steel enclosures

SYSTEM 27
1/22

Polyester modular boxes

1/44

Polyester enclosures monobloc

CM
Control boxes system

CMO

PLA
Polyester cabinets

OLN

1/152

INOX
Stainless steel enclosures

1/166

CEM
Metal enclosures for
electromagnetic protection

12 HIMEL general index

2/28

Insulated junction and industrial boxes 3/12

1/180

3/8

DPC

IBS/IBP
2/46

PLD
1/70

PK, PKP, PKP.../F
Metal control deks

Pressed steel enclosures

POLYMEL PLM

Floor standing industrial enclosures 1/56

Industrial cubicle system

D/DX
2/14

DIN polyester enclosures and plinths 2/84

Industrial boxes

3/16

BOXES FOR MODULAR
DISTRIBUTION

THERMAL CONTROL FOR
ELECTRICAL SWITCHBOARDS

ACCESSORIES

Presentation

4/2

Presentation

5/2

ACCESSORIES

Selection guide

4/4

Selection guide

5/4

Metal rails and fixing nuts

6/4

Metal brackets

6/7

DSU/DSUN
Distribution boards

VF
4/8

Forced and natural ventilation
devices

5/8

Spacers

6/10

Terminals

6/11

Accessories for electrical
cabling

6/13

Adjustable membrane glands

6/16

Enclosure lighting

6/19

Complements

6/20

DTU
Enclosures for DIN rail equipment

4/18

ICL/AI
Exchangers air/air

5/24

DHS
Weatherproof enclosures IP65

4/22

ICT/ICL/AG
Exchangers air/water

5/30

CLL/CLT
Cooling units

5/34

CLLMP/CLTMP
Cooling units

5/48

RC
Resistance heaters

5/56

TS
Heat control devices

5/60

Thermal control for
electrical switchboards

5/64

ANNEX TECHNICAL

7/0

REFERENCE LIST

8/1

general index H IM EL 13

WALL FIXING AND FLOOR
STANDING METAL ENCLOSURES

Presentation

1/2

Selection guide

1/4

CRN
Wall mounting steel enclosures

1/22

CM
Control boxes system

1/44

CMO
Floor standing industrial enclosures

1/56

OLN
Industrial cubicle system

1/70

PK & PKP.../F
Metal control desks

1/152

INOX
Stainless steel enclosures

1/166

CEM
Metal enclosures for
electromagnetic protection

1/180

Wall fixing and floor stan
natural toughne
c Wall mounting steel enclosures
CRN: Made from a continuous length
of sheet steel.

c Monobloc control desks PK:
Excellent internal accessibility together
with a wide range of applications and
installations.

c Control boxes system CM: Designed
to fit human-machine dialogue
elements.
c Floor industrial enclosures CMO:
Monobloc construction and door
reinforcement 11 × 13 mm drilling with
a 25 mm pitch for mounting of
accessories.
c Industrial cubicle system OLN:
Triangular closed profile structure with
welded top and base and vertical
bolted on profiles for maximum
versatility.

c Stainless steel enclosures
CRSX-CMOX: Made from AISI 304
quality stainless steel with a
mechanical polish for an excellent
surface quality.
c Metal enclosures for
electromagnetic protection EMC:
Made from especial ALU-ZINC 150
sheet metal, wich gives good
reflection of electromagnetic waves.

Enclosure
features

WALL FIXING

F L O O R S TA N D I N G

CRN

CM

Protection degree

IP66

IP66

IP55

IP55

No. of sizes/models

45/86

8/8

48/122

59/277

250  200  150 to

300  300  200

1000  1000  300 to

1200  600  400 to

1200  1000  400

800  600  300

2000  1600  600

2200  1200  800

■

■

Dimensions (mm)

CMO

OLN

PK
4/4

Mounting plates
Metal

■

Insulating

■

Universal

■

Perforated

■

■

■

Universal chassis

■

■

Distribution chassis
18 mm modules

up to 236

up to 352

up to 432

Metal cover plates

■

■

■

Insulating cover plates

■

■

19’’ racks”

Acces- Installation
sories systems

No. of units U

Page

5 to 25

6 to 47

6 to 47

Fixed

■

■

■

Swing

■

Centred full rack

■

■

Full off-centre rack

■

■

Partial

■

■

Internal doors

■

■

■

Canopies

■

■

■

Plinths

■

■

■

1/22

1/2 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

1/44

1/56

1/70

1/154

ding metal enclosures
ss and strenght

CRSX stainless enclosures are particularly
suitable for corrosive environments where a high
degree of cleanliness is required: food,
pharmaceutical, petrochemical industries…, etc.

The main feature of OLN cubicles is that they
can be joined together to form large bay
switchboards and their full accessibility.

S TA I N L E S S S T E E L
PKP

PKP/F

IP55
4/4

8/8

CRSX

CMOX

Amongst the various OLN installation systems
the PC application is paramount.

ELECTROMAGNETIC PROTECTION
PKPX

CRAF

COAF

OLAF

IP66

IP55

IP55

IP66

IP66

IP66

14/14

9/9

4/4

9/9

3/3

4/4

1024  600  466 to

300  200  150 to 1200  1000  300 to

1024  600  597 to 400  300  200 to 1600  800  400 to 1800  800  400 to

1400  1600  1045

1200  800  300

2000  1600  600

1024  1200  597

1200  800  300

2000  800  400

2000  800  600

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■
■

■

■

■

■

■
■

up to 236
■
■

■
■
■

■
■

1/156

1/160

1/166

1/167

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

1/176

1/180

1/180

1/180

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/3

selection guide

WALL MOUNTING STEEL
ENCLOSURES CRN

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
IP66

Mounting plates

External dimensions (mm)
Reference

Height

Width

Depth

250

200

150

CRN-2520/150

MM-2520

MB-2520

MF-2520

-

300

250

150

CRN-3025/150

...KT

MM-3025

MB-3025

MF-3025

MR-3025

300

250

200

CRN-3025/200

...KT

MM-3025

MB-3025

MF-3025

MR-3025

300

300

150

CRN-33/150

...KT

MM-33

MB-33

MF-33

MR-33

300

300

200

CRN-33/200

...KT

MM-33

MB-33

MF-33

MR-33

300

400

200

CRN-34/200

...KT

MM-34

MB-34

MF-34

MR-34

400

300

150

CRN-43/150

...KT

MM-43

MB-43

MF-43

MR-43

400

300

200

CRN-43/200

...KT

MM-43

MB-43

MF-43

MR-43

400

400

200

CRN-44/200

...KT

MM-44

MB-44

MF-44

MR-44

400

600

250

CRN-46/250

...KT

MM-46

MB-46

MF-46

MR-46

400

600

300

CRN-46/300

...KT

MM-46

MB-46

MF-46

MR-46

500

400

150

CRN-54/150

...KT

MM-54

MB-54

MF-54

MR-54

500

400

200

CRN-54/200

...KT

MM-54

MB-54

MF-54

MR-54

500

400

250

CRN-54/250

...KT

MM-54

MB-54

MF-54

MR-54

500

500

250

CRN-55/250

...KT

MM-55

MB-55

MF-55

MR-55

600

400

150

CRN-64/150

...KT

MM-64

MB-64

MF-64

MR-64

600

400

200

CRN-64/200

...KT

MM-64

MB-64

MF-64

MR-64

600

400

250

CRN-64/250

...KT

MM-64

MB-64

MF-64

MR-64

600

500

150

CRN-65/150

...KT

MM-65

MB-65

MF-65

MR-65

600

500

200

CRN-65/200

...KT

MM-65

MB-65

MF-65

MR-65

600

500

250

CRN-65/250

...KT

MM-65

MB-65

MF-65

MR-65

600

600

200

CRN-66/200

...KT

MM-66

MB-66

MF-66

MR-66

600

600

250

CRN-66/250

...KT

MM-66

MB-66

MF-66

MR-66

600

600

300

CRN-66/300

...KT

MM-66

MB-66

MF-66

MR-66

600

800

300

CRN-68/300

...KT

MM-68

MB-68

MF-68

MR-68

700

500

200

CRN-75/200

...KT

MM-75

MB-75

MF-75

MR-75

700

500

250

CRN-75/250

...KT

MM-75

MB-75

MF-75

MR-75

800

600

200

CRN-86/200

...KT

MM-86

MB-86

MF-86

MR-86

800

600

250

CRN-86/250

...KT

MM-86

MB-86

MF-86

MR-86

800

600

300

CRN-86/300

...KT

MM-86

MB-86

MF-86

MR-86

800

600

400

CRN-86/400

...KT

MM-86

MB-86

MF-86

MR-86

800

800

200

CRN-88/200

...KT

MM-88

MB-88

MF-88

MR-88

800

800

300

CRN-88/300

...KT

MM-88

MB-88

MF-88

MR-88

800

1000

300

CRN-810/300

...KT

MM-810

MB-810

MF-810

MR-810

1000

600

250

CRN-106/250

...KT

MM-106

MB-106

MF-106

MR-106

1000

600

300

CRN-106/300

...KT

MM-106

MB-106

MF-106

MR-106

1000

800

200

-

MM-108

MB-108

MF-108

MR-108

1000

800

250

CRN-108/250

...KT

MM-108

MB-108

MF-108

MR-108

1000

800

300

CRN-108/300

...KT

MM-108

MB-108

MF-108

MR-108

1000

800

400

CRN-108/400

...KT

MM-108

MB-108

MF-108

MR-108

1000

1000

300

CRN-1010/300

...KT

MM-1010

MB-1010

MF-1010

MR-1010

1000

1200

300

CRN-1012/300

MM-1012

MB-1012

MF-1012

MR-1012

1200

800

300

CRN-128/300

...KT

MM-128

MB-128

MF-128

MR-128

1200

800

400

CRN-128/400

...KT

MM-128

MB-128

MF-128

MR-128

1200

1000

300

CRN-1210/300

-

MM-1210

MB-1210

MF-1210

MR-1210

1200

1000

400

CRN-1210/400

...KT

MM-1210

MB-1210

MF-1210

MR-1210

1/27

1/27

1/27

1/27

Page

Plain

Glazed
-

-

-

1/25

1/4 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

Metal

Insulating

Drilling

Universal

Depth adjustable supports

Dinimel DLM

Internal doors

Canopies

Reference

No. of 18 mm
modules

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-2015

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-2515

SDCR-200

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-2520

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-3015

SDCR-200

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-3020

SDCR-200

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-4020

-

DLM-24

24

2/-

PIN 43

-

-

TJ-3015

SDCR-200

DLM-24

24

2/-

PIN 43

-

-

TJ-3020

SDCR-200

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-4020

SDCR-250

-

-

-

-

BR…/CRN

7/8

TJ-6025
TJ-6030

SDCR-300

No. of rows/
plates

Fixed and
swing 19” rack

Reference

No. of units

-

-

-

-

BR…/CRN

7/8

DLM-48

48

3/-

-

-

-

TJ-4015

SDCR-200

DLM-48

48

3/-

-

-

TJ-4020

SDCR-250

DLM-48

48

3/-

-

-

-

TJ-4025

SDCR-250

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

DLM-48P

48

PIN 54

3/-

PIN 64

-

TJ-5025
TJ-4015

SDCR-200

DLM-48P

48

3/-

PIN 64

-

-

TJ-4020

SDCR-250

DLM-48P

48

3/-

PIN 64

-

-

TJ-4025

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-5015

SDCR-200

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-5020

SDCR-200

DLM-84P

84

3/-

-

-

-

TJ-6025

SDCR-200

DLM-84P

84

3/-

-

BR…/CRN

11/12

TJ-6020

SDCR-250

DLM-84P

84

3/-

-

BR…/CRN

11/12

TJ-6025

SDCR-300

DLM-84P

84

3/-

-

BR…/CRN

11/12

TJ-6030

SDCR-300

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-8030

DLM-66

66

3/1

DLM-88

88

4/-

PIN 75

-

-

TJ-5020

DLM-66

66

3/1

DLM-88

88

4/-

PIN 75

-

-

TJ-5025

DLM-84

84

3/1

DLM-112

112

4/-

PIN 86

-

-

TJ-6020

DLM-84

84

3/1

DLM-112

112

4/-

PIN 86

BR…/CRN

16/17

TJ-6025

DLM-84

84

3/1

DLM-112

112

4/-

PIN 86

BR…/CRN

16/17

TJ-6030

DLM-84…112

84/112

3/1 4/-

PIN 86

SDCR-200
SDCR-250
SDCR-200
SDCR-250
SDCR-300

BR…/CRN

16/17

TJ-6040

SDCR-200

SDCR-400

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-8020

SDCR-300

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-8030

SDCR-360

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-10030

SDCR-250

-

-

-

PIN 106

BR…/CRN

20/21

TJ-6025

SDCR-300

DLM-168

168

6/-

PIN 106

BR…/CRN

20/21

TJ-6030

SDCR-200

DLM-240

234

6/-

PIN 108

BR20/CRN 800

20

TJ-8020

SDCR-250

DLM-240

234

6/-

PIN 108

BR20/CRN 800

20

TJ-8025

SDCR-300

DLM-240

234

6/-

PIN 108

BR20/CRN 800

20

TJ-8030

SDCR-400

DLM-240

234

6/-

PIN 108

BR20/CRN 800

20

TJ-8040

SDCR-300

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-10030

SDCR-300

-

-

-

-

-

-

SDCR-300

-

-

-

PIN 128

BR25/CRN 800

25

TJ-8030

SDCR-400

-

-

-

PIN 128

BR25/CRN 800

25

TJ-8040

SDCR-300

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-10030

SDCR-400

-

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-10040

1/40

1/28

1/36

1/29

-

1/41

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/5

selection guide

CONTROL BOXES CM

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES

External dimensions (mm)

50

80

50

80

50

80

-

HHH CM/UCR50

-

HHH CM/UCP50

-

HHH CM/UCC50

-

-

HHH CM/UCR50

-

HHH CM/UCP50

-

HHH CM/UCC50

-

HHH CM4040/200

-

HHH CM/UCR50

-

HHH CM/UCP50

-

HHH CM/UCC50

-

250

HHH CM4060/250

HHH CMT2560/110

HHH CM/UCR50

-

HHH CM/UCP50

-

HHH CM/UCC50

-

500

250

HHH CM5050/250

-

HHH CM/UCR50

-

HHH CM/UCP50

-

HHH CM/UCC50

-

600

200

HHH CM6060/200

HHH CMT2560/110

HHH CM/UCR50

-

HHH CM/UCP50

-

HHH CM/UCC50

-

600

800

300

HHH CM6080/300

HHH CMT2560/110

-

HHH CM/UCR80

-

HHH CM/UCP80

-

HHH CM/UCC80

800

600

300

HHH CM8060/300

HHH CMT2560/110

-

HHH CM/UCR80

-

HHH CM/UCP80

-

HHH CM/UCC80

1/49

1/55

1/50

1/50

1/51

1/51

1/51

1/51

Height

Width

Depth

300

300

200

HHH CM3030/200

300

400

200

HHH CM3040/200

400

400

200

400

600

500
600

Page

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES

Length (m)

Page

v 50

v 80

0.5

HHH CMT5005

HHH CMT8005

1.00

HHH CMT5010

HHH CMT8010

1.50

HHH CMT5015

HHH CMT8015

2.00

HHH CMT5020

HHH CMT8020

1/50

1/50

1/6 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

HHH CM/UMR50

-

HHH CM/UTC50

-

HHH CM/UMC50

-

HHH CM/UMA50

-

HHH CM/UIA50

-

HHH CM/ACS50

-

HHH CM/UMR50

-

HHH CM/UTC50

-

HHH CM/UMC50

-

HHH CM/UMA50

-

HHH CM/UIA50

-

HHH CM/ACS50

-

HHH CM/UMR50

-

HHH CM/UTC50

-

HHH CM/UMC50

-

HHH CM/UMA50

-

HHH CM/UIA50

-

HHH CM/ACS50

-

HHH CM/UMR50

-

HHH CM/UTC50

-

HHH CM/UMC50

-

HHH CM/UMA50

-

HHH CM/UIA50

-

HHH CM/ACS50

-

HHH CM/UMR50

-

HHH CM/UTC50

-

HHH CM/UMC50

-

HHH CM/UMA50

-

HHH CM/UIA50

-

HHH CM/ACS50

-

HHH CM/UMR50

-

HHH CM/UTC50

-

HHH CM/UMC50

-

HHH CM/UMA50

-

HHH CM/UIA50

-

HHH CM/ACS50

-

-

HHH CM/UMR80

-

HHH CM/UTC80

-

HHH CM/UMC80

-

HHH CM/UMA80

-

HHH CM/UIA80

-

HHH CM/ACS80

-

HHH CM/UMR80

-

HHH CM/UTC80

-

HHH CM/UMC80

-

HHH CM/UMA80

-

HHH CM/UIA80

-

HHH CM/ACS80

1/53

1/53

1/53

1/52

1/52

1/54

1/54

1/54

1/54

1/53

1/52

1/52

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/7

selection guide

FLOOR STANDING INDUSTRIAL
ENCLOSURES CMO

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Enclosures
with mounting plate

Enclosures
without mounting plate

Enclosures
with glazed door

Mounting plate

Plinths

External dimensions (mm)

Height

Width

Depth

No. of
doors

1000

1000

300

2

CMO 1010/30 PM

CMO 1010/30

1200

800

300

1

CMO 128/30 PM

CMO 128/30

1200

1000

300

2

CMO 1210/30 PM

CMO 1210/30

1200

1200

400

2

CMO 1212/40 PM

CMO 1212/40

1400

600

300

1

CMO 146/30 PM

CMO 146/30

1400

600

400

1

CMO 146/40 PM

1400

800

300

1

CMO 148/30 PM

1400

800

400

1

1400

1000

400

1400

1200

1600

Height 100 mm*
PMOL 1010

ZUN 103/100

PMOL 128

ZUN 83/100

-

PMOL 1210

ZUN 103/100

-

PMOL 1212

ZUN 124/100

CMO 146/30 KT

PMOL 146

ZUN 63/100

CMO 146/40

CMO 146/40 KT

PMOL 146

ZUN 64/100

CMO 148/30

CMO 148/30 KT

PMOL 148

ZUN 83/100

CMO 148/40 PM

CMO 148/40

CMO 148/40 KT

PMOL 148

ZUN 84/100

2

CMO 1410/40 PM

CMO 1410/40

-

PMOL 1410

ZUN 104/100

400

2

CMO 1412/40 PM

CMO 1412/40

-

PMOL 1412

ZUN 124/100

600

300

1

CMO 166/30 PM

CMO 166/30

CMO 166/30 KT

PMOL 166

ZUN 63/100

1600

600

400

1

CMO 166/40 PM

CMO 166/40

CMO 166/40 KT

PMOL 166

ZUN 64/100

1600

800

300

1

CMO 168/30 PM

CMO 168/30

CMO 168/30 KT

PMOL 168

ZUN 83/100

1600

800

400

1

CMO 168/40 PM

CMO 168/40

CMO 168/40 KT

PMOL 168

ZUN 84/100

1600

1000

300

2

CMO 1610/30 PM

CMO 1610/30

-

PMOL 1610

ZUN 103/100

1600

1000

400

2

CMO 1610/40 PM

CMO 1610/40

-

PMOL 1610

ZUN 104/100

1600

1200

300

2

CMO 1612/30 PM

CMO 1612/30

-

PMOL 1612

ZUN 123/100

1600

1200

400

2

CMO 1612/40 PM

CMO 1612/40

-

PMOL 1612

ZUN 124/100

1800

600

300

1

CMO 186/30 PM

CMO 186/30

CMO 186/30 KT

PMOL 186

ZUN 63/100

1800

600

400

1

CMO 186/40 PM

CMO 186/40

CMO 186/40 KT

PMOL 186

ZUN 64/100

1800

600

500

1

-

-

CMO 186/50 KT

PMOL 186

ZUN 65/100

1800

600

600

1

-

-

CMO 186/60 KT

PMOL 186

ZUN 66/100

1800

800

300

1

CMO 188/30 PM

CMO 188/30

CMO 188/30 KT

PMOL 188

ZUN 83/100

1800

800

400

1

CMO 188/40 PM

CMO 188/40

CMO 188/40 KT

PMOL 188

ZUN 84/100

1800

800

500

1

CMO 188/50 PM

CMO 188/50

CMO 188/50 KT

PMOL 188

ZUN 85/100

1800

800

600

1

CMO 188/60 PM

CMO 188/60

CMO 188/60 KT

PMOL 188

ZUN 86/100

1800

1000

400

2

CMO 1810/40 PM

CMO 1810/40

-

PMOL 1810

ZUN 104/100

1800

1000

500

2

CMO 1810/50 PM

CMO 1810/50

-

PMOL 1810

ZUN 105/100

1800

1200

400

2

CMO 1812/40 PM

CMO 1812/40

-

PMOL 1812

ZUN 124/100

1800

1200

500

2

CMO 1812/50 PM

CMO 1812/50

-

PMOL 1812

ZUN 125/100

1800

1600

400

2

CMO 1816/40 PM

CMO 1816/40

-

PMOL 1816

ZUN 164/100

1800

1600

500

2

CMO 1816/50 PM

CMO 1816/50

-

PMOL 1816

ZUN 165/100

2000

600

300

1

CMO 206/30 PM

CMO 206/30

CMO 206/30 KT

PMOL 206

ZUN 63/100

2000

600

400

1

CMO 206/40 PM

CMO 206/40

CMO 206/40 KT

PMOL 206

ZUN 64/100

2000

600

500

1

-

-

CMO 206/50 KT

PMOL 206

ZUN 65/100

2000

600

600

1

-

-

CMO 206/60 KT

PMOL 206

ZUN 66/100

2000

800

300

1

CMO 208/30 PM

CMO 208/30

CMO 208/30 KT

PMOL 208

ZUN 83/100

2000

800

400

1

CMO 208/40 PM

CMO 208/40

CMO 208/40 KT

PMOL 208

ZUN 84/100

2000

800

500

1

CMO 208/50 PM

CMO 208/50

CMO 208/50 KT

PMOL 208

ZUN 85/100

2000

800

600

1

CMO 208/60 PM

CMO 208/60

CMO 208/60 KT

PMOL 208

ZUN 86/100

2000

1000

400

2

CMO 2010/40 PM

CMO 2010/40

-

PMOL 2010

ZUN 104/100

2000

1000

500

2

CMO 2010/50 PM

CMO 2010/50

-

PMOL 2010

ZUN 105/100

2000

1200

400

2

CMO 2012/40 PM

CMO 2012/40

-

PMOL 2012

ZUN 124/100

2000

1200

500

2

CMO 2012/50 PM

CMO 2012/50

-

PMOL 2012

ZUN 125/100

2000

1200

600

2

CMO 2012/60 PM

CMO 2012/60

-

PMOL 2012

ZUN 126/100

2000

1600

400

2

CMO 2016/40 PM

CMO 2016/40

-

PMOL 2016

ZUN 164/100

2000

1600

500

2

CMO 2016/50 PM

CMO 2016/50

-

PMOL 2016

ZUN 165/100

2000

1600

600

2

CMO 2016/60 PM

CMO 2016/60

-

PMOL 2016

ZUN 166/100

1/59

1/59

Page

*For plinths height 200, ask reference ZUN.../200.

1/8 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

CMO 128/30 KT

1/60

1/66

1/66

Universal chassis

Set of
2 uprights

UNIDIS coupling assembly

Reference

Internal door

Reference

19” Rack

Fixed rack

Reference

No. of units
1 U = 44.45 mm

Swing
rack

Centred
swing rack

180°
swing rack

No. of units
1 U = 44.45 mm

MOL 100

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 120

AF/COL 128

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 120

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 120

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 140

AF/COL 146

-

-

BRF 29/OL

29

-

-

-

-

MOL 140

AF/COL 146

-

-

BRF 29/OL

29

-

-

-

MOL 140

AF/COL 148

-

-

-

-

BRP 27/OL

BRPC 27/OL

BRP 27/OL 180

27

MOL 140

AF/COL 148

-

-

-

-

BRP 27/OL

BRPC 27/OL

BRP 27/OL 180

27

MOL 140

AF/COL 1464

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 140

AF/COL 1484

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 160

AF/COL 166

-

PIL 166

BRF 33/OL

33

-

-

-

-

MOL 160

AF/COL 166

-

PIL 166

BRF 33/OL

33

-

-

-

MOL 160

AF/COL 168

-

PIL 168

-

-

BRP 31/OL

BRPC 31/OL

BRP 31/OL 180

31

MOL 160

AF/COL 168

-

PIL 168

-

-

BRP 31/OL

BRPC 31/OL

BRP 31/OL 180

31

MOL 160

AF/COL 1664

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 160

AF/COL 1664

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 160

AF/COL 1684

AF/COL 1666 + DCOL 30

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 160

AF/COL 1684

AF/COL 1666 + DCOL 40

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 186

-

PIL 186

BRF 38/OL

38

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 186

-

PIL 186

BRF 38/OL

38

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 186

-

PIL 186

BRF 38/OL

38

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 186

-

PIL 186

BRF 38/OL

38

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 188

-

PIL 188

-

-

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

MOL 180

AF/COL 188

-

PIL 188

-

-

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

MOL 180

AF/COL 188

-

PIL 188

-

-

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

MOL 180

AF/COL 188

-

PIL 188

-

-

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

MOL 180

AF/COL 1864

-

PIL 1810

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 1864

-

PIL 1810

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 1884

AF/COL 1866 + DCOL 40

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 1884

AF/COL 1866 + DCOL 50

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 1888

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 180

AF/COL 1888

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 206

-

PIL 206

BRF 42/OL

42

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 206

-

PIL 206

BRF 42/OL

42

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 206

-

PIL 206

BRF 42/OL

42

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 206

-

PIL 206

BRF 42/OL

42

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 208

-

PIL 208

-

-

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

MOL 200

AF/COL 208

-

PIL 208

-

-

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

MOL 200

AF/COL 208

-

PIL 208

-

-

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

MOL 200

AF/COL 208

-

PIL 208

-

-

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

MOL 200

AF/COL 2064

-

PIL 2010

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 2064

-

PIL 2010

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 2084

AF/COL 2066 + DCOL 40

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 2084

AF/COL 2066 + DCOL 50

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 2084

AF/COL 2066 + DCOL 60

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 2088

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 2088

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

MOL 200

AF/COL 2088

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1/111

1/113

AF/COL 1466 + DCOL 40

1/140

1/119

1/119

1/120

-

-

-

-

1/120

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/9

selection guide

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLE SYSTEM OLN

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Panels

Side panels

External dimensions (mm)

Height Width Depth

No. of
doors

Mounting plate

Without
mounting plate

With
mounting plate

With
glazed door

External
fixing

Internal
fixing

Plinths

Universal chassis

Height
100 mm*

Set of
2 uprights

Back panels
Quick external
fixing

Internal
fixing

1200

600

400

1

OLN 126/40

OLN 126/40 PM

OLN 126/40 KT

2 PLOL 124

2 PLIOL 124

-

PPION 126

PMOL 126

ZUN 64/100

-

1200

600

600

1

OLN 126/60

OLN 126/60 PM

OLN 126/60 KT

2 PLOL 126

2 PLIOL 126

2 PLROL 126

PPION 126

PMOL 126

ZUN 66/100

-

1200

600

800

1

OLN 126/80

OLN 126/80 PM

OLN 126/80 KT

2 PLOL 128

2 PLIOL 128

2 PLROL 128

PPION 126

PMOL 126

ZUN 68/100

-

1200

800

400

1

OLN 128/40

OLN 128/40 PM

OLN 128/40 KT

2 PLOL 124

2 PLIOL 124

-

PPION 128

PMOL 128

ZUN 84/100

-

1200

800

600

1

OLN 128/60

OLN 128/60 PM

OLN 128/60 KT

2 PLOL 126

2 PLIOL 126

2 PLROL 126

PPION 128

PMOL 128

ZUN 86/100

-

1200

800

800

1

OLN 128/80

OLN 128/80 PM

OLN 128/80 KT

2 PLOL 128

2 PLIOL 128

2 PLROL 128

PPION 128

PMOL 128

ZUN 88/100

-

1400

600

400

1

OLN 146/40

OLN 146/40 PM

OLN 146/40 KT

2 PLOL 144

2 PLIOL 144

-

PPION 146

PMOL 146

ZUN 64/100

-

1400

600

600

1

OLN 146/60

OLN 146/60 PM

OLN 146/60 KT

2 PLOL 146

2 PLIOL 146

2 PLROL 146

PPION 146

PMOL 146

ZUN 66/100

-

1400

600

800

1

OLN 146/80

OLN 146/80 PM

OLN 146/80 KT

2 PLOL 148

2 PLIOL 148

2 PLROL 148

PPION 146

PMOL 146

ZUN 68/100

-

1400

800

400

1

OLN 148/40

OLN 148/40 PM

OLN 148/40 KT

2 PLOL 144

2 PLIOL 144

-

PPION 148

PMOL 148

ZUN 84/100

-

1400

800

600

1

OLN 148/60

OLN 148/60 PM

OLN 148/60 KT

2 PLOL 146

2 PLIOL 146

2 PLROL 146

PPION 148

PMOL 148

ZUN 86/100

-

1400

800

800

1

OLN 148/80

OLN 148/80 PM

OLN 148/80 KT

2 PLOL 148

2 PLIOL 148

2 PLROL 148

PPION 148

PMOL 148

ZUN 88/100

-

1600

600

600

1

OLN 166/60

OLN 166/60 PM

OLN 166/60 KT

2 PLOL 166

2 PLIOL 166

2 PLROL 166

PPION 166

PMOL 166

ZUN 66/100

MOL 160

1600

600

800

1

OLN 166/80

OLN 166/80 PM

OLN 166/80 KT

2 PLOL 168

2 PLIOL 168

2 PLROL 168

PPION 166

PMOL 166

ZUN 68/100

MOL 160

1600

800

600

1

OLN 168/60

OLN 168/60 PM

OLN 168/60 KT

2 PLOL 166

2 PLIOL 166

2 PLROL 166

PPION 168

PMOL 168

ZUN 86/100

MOL 160

1600

800

800

1

OLN 168/80

OLN 168/80 PM

OLN 168/80 KT

2 PLOL 168

2 PLIOL 168

2 PLROL 168

PPION 168

PMOL 168

ZUN 88/100

MOL 160

1800

600

400

1

OLN 186/40

OLN 186/40 PM

OLN 186/40 KT

2 PLOL 184

2 PLIOL 184

-

PPION 186

PMOL 186

ZUN 64/100

MOL 180

1800

600

500

1

OLN 186/50

OLN 186/50 PM

OLN 186/50 KT

2 PLOL 185

2 PLIOL 185

-

PPION 186

PMOL 186

ZUN 65/100

MOL 180

1800

600

600

1

OLN 186/60

OLN 186/60 PM

OLN 186/60 KT

2 PLOL 186

2 PLIOL 186

2 PLROL 186

PPION 186

PMOL 186

ZUN 66/100

MOL 180

1800

600

800

1

OLN 186/80

OLN 186/80 PM

OLN 186/80 KT

2 PLOL 188

2 PLIOL 188

2 PLROL 188

PPION 186

PMOL 186

ZUN 68/100

MOL 180

1800

800

400

1

OLN 188/40

OLN 188/40 PM

OLN 188/40 KT

2 PLOL 184

2 PLIOL 184

-

PPION 188

PMOL 188

ZUN 84/100

MOL 180

1800

800

500

1

OLN 188/50

OLN 188/50 PM

OLN 188/50 KT

2 PLOL 185

2 PLIOL 185

-

PPION 188

PMOL 188

ZUN 85/100

MOL 180

1800

800

600

1

OLN 188/60

OLN 188/60 PM

OLN 188/60 KT

2 PLOL 186

2 PLIOL 186

2 PLROL 186

PPION 188

PMOL 188

ZUN 86/100

MOL 180

1800

1000

400

1

OLN 1810/40

OLN 1810/40 PM

OLN 1810/40 KT

2 PLOL 184

2 PLIOL 184

-

PPION 1810

PMOL 1810

ZUN 104/100

MOL 180

1800

1000

400

2

OLN 1810/40/2P

OLN 1810/40/2P PM

2 PLOL 184

2 PLIOL 184

-

PPION 1810

PMOL 1810

ZUN 104/100

MOL 180

1800

1000

500

1

OLN 1810/50

OLN 1810/50 PM

2 PLOL 185

2 PLIOL 185

-

PPION 1810

PMOL 1810

ZUN 105/100

MOL 180

1800

1000

500

2

OLN 1810/50/2P

OLN 1810/50/2P PM

2 PLOL 185

2 PLIOL 185

-

PPION 1810

PMOL 1810

ZUN 105/100

MOL 180

1800

1000

600

1

OLN 1810/60

OLN 1810/60 PM

2 PLOL 186

2 PLIOL 186

2 PLROL 186

PPION 1810

PMOL 1810

ZUN 106/100

MOL 180

1800

1000

600

2

OLN 1810/60/2P

OLN 1810/60/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 186

2 PLIOL 186

2 PLROL 186

PPION 1810

PMOL 1810

ZUN 106/100

MOL 180

1800

1200

400

2

OLN 1812/40/2P

OLN 1812/40/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 184

2 PLIOL 184

-

PPION 1812

PMOL 1812

ZUN 124/100

MOL 180

1800

1200

500

2

OLN 1812/50/2P

OLN 1812/50/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 185

2 PLIOL 185

-

PPION 1812

PMOL 1812

ZUN 125/100

MOL 180

1800

1200

600

2

OLN 1812/60/2P

OLN 1812/60/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 186

2 PLIOL 186

2 PLROL 186

PPION 1812

PMOL 1812

ZUN 126/100

MOL 180

2000

300

500

1

-

OLN 203/50 PM

-

2 PLOL 205

2 PLIOL 205

-

-

-

ZUN 35/100

-

2000

300

600

1

-

OLN 203/60 PM

-

2 PLOL 206

2 PLIOL 206

2 PLROL 206

-

-

ZUN 36/100

-

2000

300

800

1

-

OLN 203/80 PM

-

2 PLOL 208

2 PLIOL 208

2 PLROL 208

-

ZUN 38/100

-

2000

400

500

1

-

OLN 204/50 PM

-

2 PLOL 205

2 PLIOL 205

-

PPION 204

PMOL 204

ZUN 45/100

-

2000

400

600

1

-

OLN 204/60 PM

-

2 PLOL 206

2 PLIOL 206

2 PLROL 206

PPION 204

PMOL 204

ZUN 46/100

-

2000

600

400

1

OLN 206/40

OLN 206/40 PM

OLN 206/40 KT

2 PLOL 204

2 PLIOL 204

-

PPION 206

PMOL 206

ZUN 64/100

MOL 200

2000

600

500

1

OLN 206/50

OLN 206/50 PM

OLN 206/50 KT

2 PLOL 205

2 PLIOL 205

-

PPION 206

PMOL 206

ZUN 65/100

MOL 200

2000

600

600

1

OLN 206/60

OLN 206/60 PM

OLN 206/60 KT

2 PLOL 206

2 PLIOL 206

2 PLROL 206

PPION 206

PMOL 206

ZUN 66/100

MOL 200

2000

600

800

1

OLN 206/80

OLN 206/80 PM

OLN 206/80 KT

2 PLOL 208

2 PLIOL 208

2 PLROL 208

PPION 206

PMOL 206

ZUN 68/100

MOL 200

2000

800

400

1

OLN 208/40

OLN 208/40 PM

OLN 208/40 KT

2 PLOL 204

2 PLIOL 204

-

PPION 208

PMOL 208

ZUN 84/100

MOL 200

2000

800

500

1

OLN 208/50

OLN 208/50 PM

OLN 208/50 KT

2 PLOL 205

2 PLIOL 205

-

PPION 208

PMOL 208

ZUN 85/100

MOL 200

2000

800

600

1

OLN 208/60

OLN 208/60 PM

OLN 208/60 KT

2 PLOL 206

2 PLIOL 206

2 PLROL 206

PPION 208

PMOL 208

ZUN 86/100

MOL 200

2000

800

800

1

OLN 208/80

OLN 208/80 PM

OLN 208/80 KT

2 PLOL 208

2 PLIOL 208

2 PLROL 208

PPION 208

PMOL 208

ZUN 88/100V

MOL 200

2000

1000

400

1

OLN 2010/40

OLN 2010/40 PM

OLN 2010/40 KT

2 PLOL 204

2 PLIOL 204

-

PPION 2010

PMOL 2010

ZUN 104/100

MOL 200

1/86

1/89

1/111

Page

1/77

1/77

OLN 1810/50 KT
OLN 1810/60 KT

1/79

*For plinths height 200, ask reference ZUN.../200.

1/10 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

1/88

1/88

1/88

-

1/89

UNIDIS coupling assembly

Dinimel 2000
coupling assembly

19” Rack

Cable gland plates

Internal door

Fixed
rack

Swing
rack

Centred
swing
rack

180°
swing
rack

No. of units
1 U = 44.45 mm

One entry

-

BRF 24/OL

-

-

-

24

ECON 64/1

-

BRF 24/OL

-

-

-

24

ECON 66/1

ECON 66/2

-

-

-

BRF 24/OL

-

-

-

24

ECON 68/1

ECON 68/2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 84/1

AF/COL 128

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 86/1

ECON 86/2

-

AF/COL 128

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 88/1

ECON 88/2

-

AF/COL 146

-

-

BRF 29/OL

-

-

-

29

ECON 64/1

AF/COL 146

-

-

BRF 29/OL

-

-

-

29

ECON 66/1

ECON 66/2

-

AF/COL 146

-

-

BRF 29/OL

-

-

-

29

ECON 68/1

ECON 68/2

-

AF/COL 148

-

-

-

BRP 27/OL

BRPC 27/OL

BRP 27/OL 180

27

ECON 84/1

AF/COL 148

-

-

-

BRP 27/OL

BRPC 27/OL

BRP 27/OL 180

27

ECON 86/1

AF/COL 148

-

-

-

BRP 27/OL

BRPC 27/OL

BRP 27/OL 180

27

ECON 88/1

ECON 88/2

-

AF/COL 166

-

DM/OL 166

BRF 33/OL

-

-

-

33

ECON 66/1

ECON 66/2

PIL 166

AF/COL 166

-

DM/OL 166

BRF 33/OL

-

-

-

33

ECON 68/1

ECON 68/2

PIL 166

AF/COL 168

-

-

-

BRP 31/OL

BRPC 31/OL

BRP 31/OL 180

31

ECON 86/1

ECON 86/2

PIL 168

AF/COL 168

-

-

-

BRP 31/OL

BRPC 31/OL

BRP 31/OL 180

31

ECON 88/1

ECON 88/2

PIL 168

AF/COL 186

-

DM/OL 186

BRF 38/OL

-

-

-

38

ECON 64/1

-

AF/COL 186

-

DM/OL 186

BRF 38/OL

-

-

-

38

ECON 65/1

-

AF/COL 186

-

DM/OL 186

BRF 38/OL

-

-

-

38

ECON 66/1

ECON 66/2

PIL 186

AF/COL 186

-

DM/OL 186

BRF 38/OL

ECON 68/2

PIL 186

AF/COL 188

-

-

AF/COL 188

-

-

Reference

Reference

AF/COL 126

-

AF/COL 126

-

AF/COL 126
AF/COL 128

Two entry
-

-

-

ECON 86/2

-

-

-

-

PIL 186
PIL 186

-

-

-

38

ECON 68/1

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

ECON 84/1

-

PIL 188

-

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

ECON 85/1

-

PIL 188

AF/COL 188

-

-

-

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

ECON 86/1

AF/COL 1864

-

DM/OL 1810

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 104/1

-

PIL 1810

AF/COL 1864

-

DM/OL 1810

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 104/1

-

PIL 1810 2P

AF/COL 1864

-

DM/OL 1810

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 105/1

-

PIL 1810

AF/COL 1864

-

DM/OL 1810

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 105/1

-

AF/COL 1864

-

DM/OL 1810

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 106/1

ECON 106/2

PIL 1810

AF/COL 1864

-

DM/OL 1810

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 106/1

ECON 106/2

PIL 1810 2P

AF/COL 1884

AF/COL 1866

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 124/1

-

AF/COL 1884

AF/COL 1866

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 125/1

-

-

AF/COL 1884

AF/COL 1866

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 126/1

ECON 126/2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 45/1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 46/1

-

-

DM/OL 206

BRF 42/OL

-

-

-

42

ECON 46/1

AF/COL 206

-

DM/OL 206

BRF 42/OL

-

-

-

42

ECON 65/1

AF/COL 206

-

DM/OL 206

BRF 42/OL

-

-

-

42

ECON 66/1

ECON 66/2

PIL 206

AF/COL 206

-

DM/OL 206

BRF 42/OL

-

-

-

42

ECON 68/1

ECON 68/2

PIL 206

AF/COL 208

-

-

-

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

ECON 84/1

-

AF/COL 208

-

-

-

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

ECON 85/1

-

AF/COL 208

-

-

-

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

ECON 86/1

ECON 88/2

PIL 208

ECON 88/2

PIL 208

ECON 86/2

PIL 188

PIL 1810 2P

-

ECON 46/2
-

PIL 206
PIL 206

PIL 208
PIL 208

AF/COL 208

-

-

-

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

ECON 88/1

AF/COL 2064

-

DM/OL 2010

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 104/1

-

PIL 2010

1/105

1/119

1/120

1/120

1/87

1/87

1/140

1/113

1/105

1/119

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/11

selection guide

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLE SYSTEM OLN

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Cubicle reference application

Panels

Side panels

External dimensions (mm)

Height Width Depth

No. of
doors

Plinths

Without
mounting plate

With
mounting plate

With
glazed door

Universal chassis

Back panels

External
fixing

Internal
fixing

Quick external
fixing

Internal
fixing

Height
100 mm*

Set of
2 uprights

2 PLOL 204

2 PLIOL 204

-

PPION 2010

ZUN 104/100

PMOL 2010

MOL 200

2 PLOL 205

2 PLIOL 205

-

PPION 2010

ZUN 105/100

PMOL 2010

MOL 200

2 PLOL 205

2 PLIOL 205

-

PPION 2010

ZUN 105/100

PMOL 2010

MOL 200

2 PLOL 206

2 PLIOL 206

2 PLROL 206

PPION 2010

ZUN 106/100

PMOL 2010

MOL 200

2 PLOL 206

2 PLIOL 206

2 PLROL 206

PPION 2010

ZUN 106/100

PMOL 2010

MOL 200

2 PLOL 208

2 PLIOL 208

2 PLROL 208

PPION 2010

ZUN 108/100

PMOL 2010

MOL 200

2000

1000

400

2

OLN 2010/40/2P

OLN 2010/40/2P PM

2000

1000

500

1

OLN 2010/50

OLN 2010/50 PM

2000

1000

500

2

OLN 2010/50/2P

OLN 2010/50/2P PM

2000

1000

600

1

OLN 2010/60

OLN 2010/60 PM

2000

1000

600

2

OLN 2010/60/2P

OLN 2010/60/2P PM

2000

1000

800

1

OLN 2010/80

OLN 2010/80 PM

2000

1000

800

2

OLN 2010/80/2P

OLN 2010/80/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 208

2 PLIOL 208

2 PLROL 208

PPION 2010

ZUN 108/100

PMOL 2010

MOL 200

2000

1200

400

2

OLN 2012/40/2P

OLN 2012/40/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 204

2 PLIOL 204

-

PPION 2012

ZUN 124/100

PMOL 2012

MOL 200

2000

1200

500

2

OLN 2012/50/2P

OLN 2012/50/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 205

2 PLIOL 205

-

PPION 2012

ZUN 125/100

PMOL 2012

MOL 200

2000

1200

600

2

OLN 2012/60/2P

OLN 2012/60/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 206

2 PLIOL 206

2 PLROL 206

PPION 2012

ZUN 126/100

PMOL 2012

MOL 200

2000

1200

800

2

OLN 2012/80/2P

OLN 2012/80/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 208

2 PLIOL 208

2 PLROL 208

PPION 2012

ZUN 128/100

PMOL 2012

MOL 200

2200

600

600

1

OLN 226/60

OLN 226/60 PM

-

2 PLOL 226

2 PLIOL 226

2 PLROL 226

PPION 226

ZUN 66/100

PMOL 226

MOL 220

2200

600

800

1

OLN 226/80

OLN 226/80 PM

-

2 PLOL 228

2 PLIOL 228

2 PLROL 228

PPION 226

ZUN 68/100

PMOL 226

MOL 220

2200

800

600

1

OLN 228/60

OLN 228/60 PM

OLN 228/60 KT

2 PLOL 226

2 PLIOL 226

2 PLROL 226

PPION 228

ZUN 86/100

PMOL 228

MOL 220

2200

800

800

1

OLN 228/80

OLN 228/80 PM

OLN 228/80 KT

2 PLOL 228

2 PLIOL 228

2 PLROL 228

PPION 228

ZUN 88/100

PMOL 228

MOL 220

2200

1000

600

1

OLN 2210/60

OLN 2210/60 PM

OLN 2210/60 KT

2 PLOL 226

2 PLIOL 226

2 PLROL 226

PPION 2210

ZUN 106/100

PMOL 2210

MOL 220

2200

1000

800

1

OLN 2210/80

OLN 2210/80 PM

OLN 2210/80 KT

2 PLOL 228

2 PLIOL 228

2 PLROL 228

PPION 2210

ZUN 108/100

PMOL 2210

MOL 220

2200

1000

800

2

OLN 2210/80/2P

OLN 2210/80/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 228

2 PLIOL 228

2 PLROL 228

PPION 2210

ZUN 108/100

PMOL 2210

MOL 220

2200

1200

600

2

OLN 2212/60/2P

OLN 2212/60/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 226

2 PLIOL 226

2 PLROL 226

PPION 2212

ZUN 126/100

PMOL 2212

MOL 220

2200

1200

800

2

OLN 2212/80/2P

OLN 2212/80/2P PM

-

2 PLOL 228

2 PLIOL 228

2 PLROL 228

PPION 2212

ZUN 128/100

PMOL 2212

MOL 220

1/88

1/88

1/88

1/89

1/89

1/86

1/111

Page

1/77

1/77

-

Mounting plate

OLN 2010/50 KT
OLN 2010/60 KT
OLN 2010/80 KT

1/79

*For plinths height 200, ask reference ZUN.../200.

1/12 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

UNIDIS coupling assembly

Dinimel 2000
coupling assembly

19” Rack

Cable gland plates

Fixed
rack

Swing
rack

Centred
swing
rack

180°
swing
rack

DM/OL 2010

-

-

-

-

DM/OL 2010

-

-

-

-

-

DM/OL 2010

-

-

-

AF/COL 2064

-

DM/OL 2010

-

-

AF/COL 2064

-

DM/OL 2010

-

AF/COL 2064

-

DM/OL 2010

AF/COL 2064

-

AF/COL 2084

Reference

Reference

AF/COL 2064

-

AF/COL 2064

-

AF/COL 2064

No. of units
1 U = 44.45 mm

Internal door

One entry

Two entry

-

ECON 104/1

-

PIL 2010 2P

-

ECON 105/1

-

PIL 2010

-

-

ECON 105/1

-

PIL 2010 2P

-

-

-

ECON 106/1

ECON 106/2

PIL 2010

-

-

-

-

ECON 106/1

ECON 106/2

PIL 2010 2P

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 108/1

ECON 108/2

PIL 2010

DM/OL 2010

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 108/1

ECON 108/2

PIL 2010 2P

AF/COL 2066

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 124/1

-

-

AF/COL 2084

AF/COL 2066

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 125/1

-

-

AF/COL 2084

AF/COL 2066

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 126/1

ECON 126/2

-

AF/COL 2084

AF/COL 2066

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 128/1

ECON 128/2

-

-

-

BRF 47/OL

-

-

-

47

ECON 66/1

ECON 66/2

PIL 226

-

-

-

-

BRF 47/OL

-

-

-

47

ECON 68/1

ECON 68/2

PIL 226

-

-

-

-

BRP 45/OL

BRPC 45/OL

BRP 45/OL 180

45

ECON 86/1

ECON 86/2

PIL 228

-

-

-

-

BRP 45/OL

BRPC 45/OL

BRP 45/OL 180

45

ECON 88/1

ECON 88/2

PIL 228

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 106/1

ECON 106/2

PIL 2210

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 108/1

ECON 108/2

PIL 2210

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 108/1

ECON 108/2

PIL 2210 2P

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 126/1

ECON 126/2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ECON 128/1

ECON 128/2

-

1/113

1/113

1/105

1/119

1/119

1/120

1/120

1/87

1/87

1/140

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/13

selection guide

METAL CONTROL DESKS

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
PK metal monobloc control desks
with fix rear panel

PKP metal monobloc control desks
with detachable rear panel

PKP.../30 metal monobloc control desks
with front panel and rear door

PKP.../50 metal monobloc control desks
with front panel and rear door

External dimensions (mm)

With
mounting plate

Without
mounting plate

PK 60

PK 60 PM

-

-

-

-

-

PK 80

PK 80 PM

-

-

-

-

-

-

466

PK 100

PK 100 PM

-

-

-

-

-

-

1200

466

PK 120

PK 120 PM

-

-

-

-

-

600

597

-

-

PKP 60

PKP 60 PM

-

-

-

-

1024

800

597

-

-

PKP 80

PKP 80 PM

-

-

-

-

1024

1000

597

-

-

PKP 100

PKP 100 PM

-

-

-

-

1024

1200

597

-

-

PKP 120

PKP 120 PM

-

-

-

1400

800

814

-

-

-

-

PKP 80 / F30

PKP 80 / F30 PM

-

-

1400

1000

814

-

-

-

-

PKP 100 / F30

PKP 100 / F30 PM

-

-

1400

1200

814

-

-

-

-

PKP 120 / F30

PKP 120 / F30 PM

-

-

1400

1600

814

-

-

-

-

PKP 160 / F30

PKP 160 / F30 PM

-

-

1400

800

1014

-

-

-

-

-

-

PKP 80 / F50

PKP 80 / F50 PM

1400

1000

1014

-

-

-

-

-

-

PKP 100 / F50

PKP 100 / F50 PM

1400

1200

1014

-

-

-

-

-

-

PKP 120 / F50

PKP 120 / F50 PM

1400

1600

1014

-

-

-

-

-

-

PKP 160 / F50

PKP 160 / F50 PM

1/155

1/155

1/157

1/157

Height

Width

Depth

1024

600

466

1024

800

466

1024

1000

1024
1024

Page

Without
mounting plate

*For plinths height 200, ask reference ZUN.../200.

1/14 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

-

With
mounting plate

Without
mounting plate

1/161

With
mounting plate

-

1/161

Without
mounting plate

1/161

With
mounting plate
-

1/161

Mounting plates

Lower

Metal

Plinths

Upper

Universal

Metal

Universal

Full mounting
plates

Console

Height
100 mm*

PMPK-8560

PMR-6760

-

-

-

-

PMPK-8580

PMR-6780

-

-

-

-

ZUN 84/100

PMPK-85100

PMR-67100

-

-

-

-

ZUN 104/100

PMPK-85120

PMR-67120

-

-

-

-

ZUN 124/100

PMPK-8560

PMR-6760

-

-

-

-

ZUN 65/100

PMPK-8580

PMR-6780

-

-

-

-

ZUN 85/100

PMPK-85100

PMR-67100

-

-

-

-

ZUN 105/100

PMPK-85120

PMR-67120

-

ZUN 125/100

PMP-7080

PMR-6780

PMP-4580

PMR-4280

PMOL-148

PMP-4080

ZUN 84/100

PMP-70100

PMR-67100

PMP-45100

PMR-42100

PMOL-1410

PMP-40100

ZUN 104/100

PMP-70120

PMR-67120

PMP-45120

PMR-42120

PMOL-1412

PMP-40120

ZUN 124/100

PMP-70160

-

PMP-45160

-

-

PMP-40160

ZUN 164/100

PMP-7080

PMR-6780

PMP-4580

PMR-4280

PMOL-148

PMP-4080

ZUN 86/100

PMP-70100

PMR-67100

PMP-45100

PMR-42100

PMOL-1410

PMP-40100

ZUN 106/100

PMP-70120

PMR-67120

PMP-45120

PMR-42120

PMOL-1412

PMP-40120

ZUN 126/100

PMP-70160

-

PMP-45160

-

-

PMP-40160

ZUN 166/100

1/157

1/157

1/162

1/162

1/162

1/89

-

-

1/162

-

ZUN 64/100

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/15

selection guide

STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURES

CRSX
ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Mounting plates

External dimensions (mm)

Height

Width

Depth

300

200

150

CRSX 32/150

MM-32

MB-32

MF-32

MR-32

300

250

150

CRSX 3025/150

MM-3025

MB-3025

MF-3025

MR-3025

300

300

150

CRSX 33/150

MM-33

MB-33

MF-33

MR-33

400

300

150

CRSX 43/150

MM-43

MB-43

MF-43

MR-43

-

-

-

-

-

MM-43

MB-43

MF-43

MR-43

Metal

Insulating

Drilling

Universal

400

300

200

CRSX 43/200
-

-

-

-

-

400

400

200

CRSX 44/200

MM-44

MB-44

MF-44

MR-44

500

400

200

CRSX 54/200

MM-54

MB-54

MF-54

MR-54

600

400

200

CRSX 64/200

MM-64

MB-64

MF-64

MR-64

600

600

250

CRSX 66/200

MM-66

MB-66

MF-66

MR-66

700

500

250

CRSX 75/250

MM-75

MB-75

MF-75

MR-75

-

MM-86

-

-

MF-86

MR-86

800

600

250

CRSX 86/250
-

-

-

-

800

800

300

CRSX 88/300

MM-88

MB-88

MF-88

MR-88

1000

800

300

CRSX 108/300

MM-108

MB-108

MF-108

MR-108

1200

800

300

CRSX 128/300

MM-128

MB-128

MF-128

MR-128

1/169

1/172

1/172

1/172

Page

MB-86

-

-

1/172

CMOX
ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Mounting plate

Universal chassis

Internal doors

External dimensions (mm)

Height

No. of
doors

Set of 2 uprights

Width

Depth

1200

1000

300

2

CMOX 1210/30

PMOL 1210

MOL 120

-

1600

800

400

1

CMOX 168/40

PMOL 168

MOL 160

PIL 168

1800

800

400

1

CMOX 188/40

PMOL 188

MOL 180

PIL 188

1800

1200

400

2

CMOX 1812/40

PMOL 1812

MOL 180

-

1800

1600

400

2

CMOX 1816/40

PMOL 1816

MOL 180

-

2000

800

400

1

CMOX 208/40

PMOL 208

MOL 200

PIL 208

2000

1000

400

2

CMOX 2010/40

PMOL 2010

MOL 200

PIL 2010 2P

2000

1200

500

2

CMOX 2012/50

PMOL 2012

MOL 200

2000

1600

500

2

CMOX 2016/50

PMOL 2016

MOL 200

Page

1/171

*For plinths height 200, ask reference ZUN.../200.
1/16 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

1/86

1/111

-

1/140

Depth adjustable supports

Dinimel DLM

Internal doors

Canopies

Reference

No. of 18 mm
modules

No. of
rows

No. of
rails

No. of
plates

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TX 2015

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TX 2515

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TX 3015

-

DLM-24

24

2

2

-

-

TX 3015

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

SDCR-200

DLM-24

24

2

2

-

PIN-43/200

TX 3020

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

SDCR-200

-

-

-

-

-

-

TX 4020

SDCR-200

DLM-48

48

3

3

-

PIN-54/200

TX 4020

SDCR-200

DLM-48 P

48

3

3

-

PIN-64/200

TX 4020

SDCR-250

-

-

-

-

-

-

TX 6025

SDCR-250

DLM-66

66

4

3

1

PIN-75/250

TX 5025

-

DLM-88

88

4

4

-

-

-

SDCR-250

DLM-84

84

4

3

1

PIN-86/250

TX 6025

DLM-112

112

4

4

-

-

-

SDCR-300

-

-

-

-

-

-

TX 8030

SDCR-300

DLM-240

234

6

6

-

PIN-108/300

TX 8030

SDCR-300

-

-

-

-

-

-

TX 8030

1/21

1/174

1/20

1/21

19” Rack

Swing rack

Centred swing rack

Canopies

180° swing rack

No. units
1 unit = 44.45 mm

Plinths

Height
100 mm*

-

-

-

-

TJX 10030 CMOX

ZUX 103/100

BRP 31/OL

BRPC 31/OL

BRP 31/OL 180

31

TJX 8040 CMOX

ZUX 84/100

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

TJX 8040 CMOX

ZUX 84/100

-

-

-

-

TJX 12040 CMOX

ZUX 124/100

-

-

-

-

TJX 16040 CMOX

ZUX 164/100

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

TJX 8040 CMOX

ZUX 84/100

-

-

-

-

TJX 10040 CMOX

ZUX 104/100

-

-

-

-

TJX 12050 CMOX

ZUX 125/100

-

-

-

-

TJX 16040 CMOX

ZUX 164/100

1/121

1/120

1/175

1/175

1/119

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/17

selection guide

STAINLESS STEEL METAL
CONTROL DESKS

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Metal monobloc control desks

Mounting plates

Plinths

External dimensions (mm)

Height
1024
1024

1024

1024

Page

Width

Depth

600

597

800

1000

1200

597

597

597

Control desk without
mounting plate

Control desk with
mounting plate

PKPX 60

PKPX 60-PM

PMPK 8560

-

-

-

-

PKPX 80

PKPX 80-PM

PMPK 8580

ZUX 85/100

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

PKPX 100

PKPX 100-PM

PMPK 85100

ZUX 105/100

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

PKPX 120

PKPX 120-PM

PMPK 85120

ZUX 125/100

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1/177

1/177

1/18 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

Height 100 mm

1/177

ZUX 65/100

1/177

Front

Covers

Front opening mounting plates

Depth

Width

200 mm

300 mm

Reference

Width

Metal

Drilling

Universal

400

FEX 42

FEX 43

TAX 20

200

MM-44

MF-44

MR-44

600

FEX 62

FEX 63

-

-

MM-64

MF-64

MR-64

TAX 40

400

MM-44

MF-44

MR-44

-

-

MM-44

MF-44

MR-44

400

FEX 42

FEX 43

400

2 × FEX 42

2 × FEX 43

600

FEX 62

FEX 63

TAX 20

200

MM-64

MF-64

MR-64

400

FEX 42

FEX 43

TAX 60

600

MM-44

MF-44

MR-44

600

FEX 62

FEX 63

TAX 40

400

MM-64

MF-64

MR-64

600

FEX 42

FEX 43

2 × TAX 20

200

MM-64

MF-64

MR-64
MR-44+MR-64

400 + 600

FEX 42+FEX 63

FEX 43+FEX 63

-

-

MM-44+MM-64

MF-44+MF-64

400

FEX 42

FEX 43

TAX 80

800

MM-44

MF-44

MR-44

400 + 600

FEX 42+FEX 62

FEX 43+FEX 63

TAX 20

200

MM-44+MM-64

MF-44+MF-64

MR-44+MR-64

600

FEX 62

FEX 63

TAX 60

600

MM-64

MF-64

MR-64

600

FEX 62

FEX 63

TAX 20+TAX 40

200 + 400

MM-64

MF-64

MR-64

600

2 × FEX 62

2 × FEX 63

MM-64

MF-64

MR-64

1/178

1/178

-

1/178

-

1/178

1/178

1/178

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/19

selection guide

METAL ENCLOSURES FOR
ELECTROMAGNETIC PROTECTION

CRN-CEM
ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Mounting plates

Depth adjustable supports

External dimensions (mm)

Metal

Drilling

CRAF 43/200 PM

MM-43

MF-43

SDCR-200

CRAF 54/200 PM

MM-54

MF-54

SDCR-200

200

CRAF 64/200 PM

MM-64

MF-64

SDCR-200

600

200

CRAF 66/250 PM

MM-66

MF-66

SDCR-200

500

250

CRAF 75/250 PM

MM-75

MF-75

SDCR-200

-

-

-

MM-86

MF-86

Height

Width

Depth

400

300

200

500

400

200

600

400

600
700
800

600

300

CRAF 86/300 PM

1000

800

300

CRAF 108/300 PM

MM-108

1200

800

300

CRAF 128/300 PM

1/183

-

Page

-

SDCR-300

-

-

MF-108

SDCR-300

MM-128

MF-128

SDCR-300

1/188

1/27

1/40

CMO-CEM
ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Mounting plates

Universal chassis

UNIDIS coupling assembly

External dimensions (mm)

Depth

No. of
doors

Height

Width

1600

800

400

1

COAF 168/40 PM

PMOL 168

1800

800

400

1

COAF 188/40 PM

PMOL 188

2000

800

400

1

COAF 208/40 PM

PMOL 208

1/185

1/188

Page

Column width

Reference

MOL 160

800

AF/COL 168

MOL 180

800

AF/COL 188

MOL 200

800

AF/COL 208

1/111

1/113

OLN-CEM
ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Side panels

Mounting plates

Universal chassis

UNIDIS coupling assembly

External dimensions (mm)

Height

Width

Depth

No. of
doors

Column width

Reference

1800

800

400

1

OLAF 188/40 PM

2 PLAF 184

PMOL 188

MOL 180

800

AF/COL 188

1800

800

600

1

OLAF 188/60 PM

2 PLAF 186

PMOL 188

MOL 180

800

AF/COL 188

2000

800

500

1

OLAF 208/50 PM

2 PLAF 205

PMOL 208

MOL 200

800

AF/COL 208

2000

800

600

1

OLAF 208/60 PM

2 PLAF 206

PMOL 208

MOL 200

800

AF/COL 208

1/187

1/187

1/188

1/111

Page

1/20 HIMEL wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures

1/113

Internal doors

Dinimel DLM

Reference

No. of 18 mm
modules

Fixed and swing 19” rack

No. of
rows/plates

Canopies

Reference

No. of units

DLM-24

24

2/-

PIN-43/200

-

-

TJ-3020

DLM-48

48

3/-

PIN-54/200

-

-

TJ-4020

DLM-48P

48

3/-

PIN-64/200

-

-

TJ-4020

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-6025

DLM-66

66

3/1

-

-

-

TJ-5025

DLM-88

88

4/-

-

-

-

DLM-84

84

3/1

-

DLM-112

112

4/-

-

-

-

-

DLM-240

234

6/-

-

-

-

TJ-8030

-

-

-

-

-

TJ-8030

-

-

1/28

BR.../CRN

1/36

Internal doors

-

16

TJ-6030

1/29

19” Rack

1/41

Canopies

Swing
rack

Centred swing
rack

180°
swing rack

No. units
1 U = 44.45 mm

PIL 168

BRP 31/OL

BRPC 31/OL

BRP 31/OL 180

31

PIL 188

BRP 36/OL

BRPC 36/OL

BRP 36/OL 180

36

PIL 208

BRP 40/OL

BRPC 40/OL

BRP 40/OL 180

40

1/140

1/119

1/120

1/120

Height 100 mm

Height 200 mm

TJ 8040 CMO

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

TJ 8040 CMO

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

TJ 8040 CMO

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

1/67

19” Rack

Plinths

1/66

Internal door

No. units
1 U = 44.45 mm

Centred swing
rack

No. units
1 U = 44.45 mm

BRP 36/OL

36

BRPC 36/OL

36

BRP 36/OL 180

36

PIL 188

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

BRP 36/OL

36

BRPC 36/OL

36

BRP 36/OL 180

36

PIL 188

ZUN 86/100

ZUN 86/200

BRP 40/OL

40

BRPC 40/OL

40

BRP 40/OL 180

40

PIL 208

ZUN 85/100

ZUN 85/200

BRP 40/OL

40

BRPC 40/OL

40

BRP 40/OL 180

40

PIL 208

ZUN 86/100

ZUN 86/200

1/140

1/89

1/89

1/120

1/120

No. units
1 U = 44.45 mm

Plinths

Swing
rack

1/119

180°
swing rack

1/66

Height 100 mm

Height 200 mm

wall fixing and floor standing metal enclosures H IM EL 1/21

CRN wall mounting steel enclo
Front rain gutter avoids the entry of
water, oil or liquids which ensures IP66
protection and protects the inside
surface when opening the door.

A complete range of
mounting plates
suitable for most types
of installations.

Embedded cable gland
plate and entrance, leveled
with the base, with a
neoprene seal.
Insulated cable gland
plates with pre-punched
holes for easy cable entry
available as accessory.

1/22 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

Back of enclosure with four
M8  15 welded studs with
built-in spacers for fixing of
mounting plate and
adjustable supports.
Wall fixing holes sealed with
plastic plugs to assure the
protection degree.

sures suitable for all applications
Wall fixing brackets fixed
from the outside and can
be placed both horizontally
or vertically. Not included
as standard supply.

Foamed-in polyurethane
gasket guarantees
watertightness for years.
Perforated door reinforcement
profiles allowing fixing of
equipment in up to 400 mm
high enclosures.

Transparent tempered
glass door and fully
watertight, maintaining
IP66 protection.

Built in standard double
bar locking system and
three points locking for
two doors enclosures and
1200 mm high enclosures.
Different lock
combinations available.

Depth adjustable support
with positions every
12.5 mm.

Two M6  15 welded earth
studs on the back and one
M6  15 stud on the door.
Easily reversible door, fitted
with two or three invisible
hinges allowing 120º opening.
CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/23

CRN

WALL MOUNTING STEEL ENCLOSURES
IP66 (EN 60529)

CRN 54/200

Metal enclosures made from a continuous length of
sheet steel double folded at the front, with back
welded to the frame. Both externally and internally
protected with polyester epoxy resin grey paint to
RAL-7032 texturized.

c Concealed and easily removable hinges allowing over 120º
door opening.
c Single plinth ZUN, 100 mm and 200 mm high, available for
models 600, 800 and 1000 mm width and 300 mm depth.
c IP66 for one door enclosures.
c IP55 for two doors enclosures.

c New series CRN...KT with transparent security glass door.
c Depth adjustable mounting plate supports.
c Perforated door reinforcement profiles allowing fixing of
equipment on models up to CRN-54/150.

1/24 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

CRN

WALL MOUNTING STEEL ENCLOSURES
IP66 (EN 60529)

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Enclosures

External
dimensions (mm)

Reference with
glazed door

Fig.

Flange
opening
type

-

1

0

3.2

CRN-3025/150 KT

1

A

4.2

CRN-3025/200 KT

1

A

4.9

CRN-33/150

CRN-33/150 KT

1

B

5

200

CRN-33/200

CRN-33/200 KT

1

B

6

200

CRN-34/200

CRN-34/200 KT

1

C

6.4

300

150

CRN-43/150

CRN-43/150 KT

1

B

6

300

200

CRN-43/200

CRN-43/200 KT

1

B

6.8

400

400

200

CRN-44/200

CRN-44/200 KT

1

C

8

400

600

250

CRN-46/250

CRN-46/250 KT

1

D

10

400

600

300

CRN-46/300

CRN-46/300 KT

1

D

11.2

500

400

150

CRN-54/150

CRN-54/150 KT

2

B

8.7

500

400

200

CRN-54/200

CRN-54/200 KT

2

C

9.8

500

400

250

CRN-54/250

CRN-54/250 KT

2

C

11

500

500

250

CRN-55/250

CRN-55/250 KT

2

D

12.8

600

400

150

CRN-64/150

CRN-64/150 KT

2

B

9.3

600

400

200

CRN-64/200

CRN-64/200 KT

2

C

10.8

600

400

250

CRN-64/250

CRN-64/250 KT

2

C

12.3

600

500

150

CRN-65/150

CRN-65/150 KT

2

B

11.3

600

500

200

CRN-65/200

CRN-65/200 KT

2

D

14.3

600

500

250

CRN-65/250

CRN-65/250 KT

2

D

16.3

600

600

200

CRN-66/200

CRN-66/200 KT

2

D

-

600

600

250

CRN-66/250

CRN-66/250 KT

2

D

18.2

600

600

300

CRN-66/300

CRN-66/300 KT

2

D

19.8

600

800

300

CRN-68/300

CRN-68/300 KT

2

E

26

700

500

200

CRN-75/200

CRN-75/200 KT

2

D

17.3

700

500

250

CRN-75/250

CRN-75/250 KT

2

D

19.3

800

600

200

CRN-86/200

CRN-86/200 KT

2

D

21.8

800

600

250

CRN-86/250

CRN-86/250 KT

2

D

24.8

800

600

300

CRN-86/300

CRN-86/300 KT

2

D

26.3

800

600

400

CRN-86/400

CRN-86/400 KT

2

D

-

800

800

200

CRN-88/200

CRN-88/200 KT

2

E

29.5

CRN-88/300 KT

2

E

32.5

4

E

37

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Reference

250

200

150

CRN-2520/150

300

250

150

CRN-3025/150

300

250

200

CRN-3025/200

300

300

150

300

300

300

400

400
400

Metallic
chasis
DLM

Fixed and
swing
19" racks

Internal
door

Weight*
kg

800

800

300

CRN-88/300

800

1000

300

CRN-810/300**

1000

600

250

CRN-106/250

CRN-106/250 KT

2

D

28.4

1000

600

300

CRN-106/300

CRN-106/300 KT

2

D

30.6

1000

800

250

CRN-108/250

CRN-108/250 KT

2

E

34.5

1000

800

300

CRN-108/300

CRN-108/300 KT

2

E

37.4

1000

800

400

CRN-108/400

CRN-108/400 KT

2

E

-

1000

1000

300

CRN-1010/300**

CRN-1010/300 KT**

4 (KT:3)

E

46.7

1000

1200

300

CRN-1012/300**

-

4

E

41

1200

800

300

CRN-128/300**

CRN-128/300 KT**

3

E

-

1200

800

400

CRN-128/400**

CRN-128/400 KT**

3

E

-

1200

1000

300

CRN-1210/300**

-

4

E

53.4

1200

1000

400

CRN-1210/400**

CRN-1210/400 KT**

4 (KT:3)

E

-

-

Mounting
plate
adjustable
supports

Mounting plates

Metal

Insul.

Perf.

Universal

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p

p
p

p
p

* Weight of enclosures with plain door. ** Enclosures with three point locking system.

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/25

CRN

WALL MOUNTING STEEL ENCLOSURES
IP66 (EN 60529)

Dimensions (mm)

FIG. 2

B

A-5

A-50

25*

A-44

83

A

21

10

B-145
A-5

B-44

A-75

10
A-50

A

A-125

A-44

40

83

C

40

21

A-125

C

114

B

A-75

FIG. 1

B-44

B-133
114

Detail of recessed cable gland plate
ensuring a flat surface (except 400 mm
depth and type E models).

B-50
B-75

B - 50
B - 75

800

0

B - 76.4*
B-5

B-5

FIG. 3

B - 76.4*
B-5

FIG. 4

B

C

A-125

B

A-50
A-75

A-44

A

A

A-44

25

25

10

83
B-44

B-44

B-145

B-50
B-75

B-50
B-75

389/489**

B-154*
B-5

* All glazed door enclosures
type KT are without door
reinforcement profiles.

346/546**
B-5

** For 1200 mm width.

1/26 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

22

CRN

BASIC COMPONENTS

Mounting plates
A comprehensive range
of mounting plates
consisting of 3 models
suitable for most types
of installations.
c Bichromated zinccoated metal plates with
holes for fixing of
accessories and earthing
strip.
c Insulating bakelite
plates.
c Galvanized steel
mounting plates with
3.6 ∅ drillings (12.5 mm
thread) for fixing of
equipment through
self-tapping 4.2 ∅ mm
bolts and M4 trilobular
bolts.
c Perforated plates for
quick fixing of
equipment made of
bichromated zinc-coated
steel. The perforated
plate with fixing nuts
ensures that equipment
can be fixed in any
position.

P

P

S

10.5

12.5

10.5

MM-1010, MM-1012, MM-128 and MM-1210

A-75

ø6.5

20 25

25

ø8.5

25

12.5

25
B-75

Perforated

Universal

S

E

D

15

12.5

Universal

Perforated

S

P

Insulating

Metal

Insulating

Metal

MF-1010, MF-1012, MF-128 and MF-1210

12.5

12.5

A-75

ø3.6

12.5

12.5

B-75

To be fitted
to enclosures
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Metal
Reference

Thickness
mm

Insulating
Weight
kg

Reference

Thickness
mm

Perforated
Weight
kg

Reference

Thickness
mm

Universal
Weight
kg

P

S

Reference

D

E

250

200

MM-2520

2

0.4

MB-2520

4

0.13

MF-2520

2

0.3

215

150

-

-

-

300

250

MM-3025

2

0.6

MB-3025

4

0.2

MF-3025

2

0.5

265

200

MR-3025

253

228

300

300

MM-33

2

1.2

MB-33

4

0.3

MF-33

2

1.1

265

250

MR-33

255

251

300

400

MM-34

2

1.6

MB-34

4

0.5

MF-34

2

1.5

265

350

MR-34

255

351

400

300

MM-43

2

1.6

MB-43

4

0.5

MF-43

2

1.5

365

250

MR-43

348

251

400

400

MM-44

2

2.2

MB-44

4

0.7

MF-44

2

2.1

365

350

MR-44

345

351

400

600

MM-46

2

3.1

MB-46

4

1.1

MF-46

2

3

365

550

MR-46

345

551

500

400

MM-54

2

2.5

MB-54

4

0.9

MF-54

2

2.4

465

350

MR-54

450

351

500

500

MM-55

2

3.7

MB-55

4

1.2

MF-55

2

3.5

465

450

MR-55

450

451

600

400

MM-64

2

3.1

MB-64

4

1.1

MF-64

2

3

565

350

MR-64

555

351

600

500

MM-65

2

4

MB-65

4

1.4

MF-65

2

3.8

565

450

MR-65

555

451

600

600

MM-66

2

5.5

MB-66

4

1.7

MF-66

2

5.2

565

550

MR-66

555

551

600

800

MM-68

2.5

9.9

MB-68

4

2.3

MF-68

2.5

9.3

565

750

MR-68

555

751

700

500

MM-75

2

4.6

MB-75

4

1.7

MF-75

2

4.3

665

450

MR-75

645

451

800

600

MM-86

2.5

9.9

MB-86

4

2.3

MF-86

2.5

9

765

550

MR-86

750

551

800

800

MM-88

2.5

13.6

MB-88

5

4.5

MF-88

2.5

12

765

750

MR-88

750

751

800

1000

MM-810

2.5

16.9

MB-810

5

5.7

MF-810

2.5

16

765

950

MR-810

750

951

1000

600

MM-106

2.5

12.6

MB-106

5

4.2

MF-106

2.5

12

965

550

MR-106

945

551

1000

800

MM-108

2.5

16.9

MB-108

5

5.7

MF-108

2.5

16

965

750

MR-108

945

751

1000

1000

MM-1010

2.5

18.6

MB-1010

5

7.1

MF-1010

2.5

17

950

950

MR-1010

945

951

1000

1200

MM-1012

2.5

21.7

MB-1012

5

8.3

MF-1012

2.5

20

950

1150

MR-1012

945

1151

1200

800

MM-128

2.5

17.8

MB-128

5

6.8

MF-128

2.5

17

1150

750

MR-128

1145

751

1200

1000

MM-1210

2.5

21.7

MB-1210

5

8.3

MF-1210

2.5

20

1150

950

MR-1210

1145

951

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/27

CRN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Dinimel DLM distribution chassis
Distribution chassis
assembly for mudular
equipment, ref.: DLM-…
with adjustable distance
between the 35 mm
symmetrical profile and
cover plate from 40 up
to 85 mm.
c Chassis made of
galvanized steel.
c Blanck cover plate and
metal frame painted to
RAL-7032. Quick fixing
without screws.
c Identifying circuits
system included in the
standard supply.
c Terminal blocks for
earth and neutral wiring
ref.: RBLZ/21656
supplied as standard.

DLM-48

(700)
DLM-66

DLM-88

Row lay-out
Reference

Plain
door

Blind cover
plate

Breaker rails

Transparent
door

No. of
rows

No. of
18 mm
mod.

Quant.

No. of
plates

D

E

…-43

…-43/KT

DLM-24

2

2

24

-

216

103

…-54

…-54/KT

DLM-48

3

3

48

-

288

78

…-64

…-64/KT

DLM-48P

3

3

48

-

288

128

…-66

…-66/KT

DLM-84P

3

3

84

-

504

128

…-75

…-75/KT

DLM-66

4

3

66

1

395

103

…-75

…-75/KT

DLM-88

4

4

88

-

395

103

…-86

…-86/KT

DLM-84

4

3

84

1

504

153

…-86

…-86/KT

DLM-112

4

4

112

-

504

153

…-106

…-106/KT

DLM-168

6

6

168

-

504

103

…-108

…-108/KT

DLM-240

6

6

234

-

704

103

DLM-168

Mounting
plate

CTL300DLM

PMP300DLM

CTL400DLM

PMP400DLM

CTL600DLM

PMP600DLM

CTL500DLM

PMP500DLM

CTL600DLM

PMP600DLM

CTL800DLM

PMP800DLM

DLM-240

Blanking
plate

ATP/72G
(72 mm)
4 modules

ATP/UND
(1100 mm)

E

E

C>150

C=150

85

46

85

(800)
(1000)

(1000)

(600)

DLM-84P
(600)

DLM-84

(600)

DLM-112

To fit to enclosures
CRN-CRS

(600)

(500)
(700)

(500)

DLM-48P
(800)

DLM-24

(600)

(600)

(400)

(500)

(300)

(800)

CRN 43/150 + DLM-24P

(400)
(400)

26

36*

10

C-124

36*

150

C-140

40

40

71

D

1/28 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

C-79

* For enclosures with KT door remove 4 mm.
Note: On 150 mm deep enclosures, the DLM chassis
can be fixed to the front or the back of the enclosure.
For deeper enclosures, a MM, MB, MF... mounting
plate can be fixed to the back. In this case, the
chassis can be adjusted in depth through the SDCR
supports sold separately.

CRN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Fixed and swing 19” racks
Racks to fit directly to 600 and 800
width CRN enclosures.
c Perforated 19” rack system with
v 8.5 drillings every 44.45 mm.
c Double bar locking mechanism and
reversible door.
c Fixed rack made in galvanised sheet
steel and swing rack textured epoxypolyester paint finish colour grey
RAL-7032.
c Fixed rack depth adjustable by SDCR
adjustable supports.

CRN 46/300 KT + BRP 7/CRN

To be fitted to enclosures
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Reference
fixed rack

Depth
(C)

Reference
swing rack

D

E

F

No. of units
(1 U = 44.45 mm)

G

300

600

400

BRF5/CRN

-

-

188/238

61

5

400

600

250/300

BRF8/CRN

-

359

188/238

61

8

500

600

400

BRF10/CRN

-

-

188/238

61

10

600

600

250/300

BRF12/CRN

-

537

188/238

61

12

700

600

400

BRF14/CRN

-

-

188/238

61

14

800

600

250/300/400

BRF17/CRN

-

759

188/238/338

61

17

1000

600

250/300

BRF21/CRN

-

937

188/238

61

21

400

600

250/300

BRP7/CRN

342

311

188/238

59

7

600

600

250/300

BRP11/CRN

542

489

188/238

59

11

800

600

250/300/400

BRP16/CRN

742

711

188/238/338

59

16

1000

600

250/300

BRP20/CRN

942

889

188/238

59

20

1000

800

250/300/400

BRP20/CRN 800

942

889

188/238

59

20

1200

800

300/400

BRP25/CRN 800

-

-

188/238

59

25

Swing
rack

A

E

55

A

E

8.5  8.5

D

31.75

44.45

12.7

44.45

Fixed
rack

453
465
485
B = 600

451
465
B = 600

Fig. 2

G

140°

G

(1)

C

C

F

F(1)

Fig. 1

NOTE: F and G can be modified when fixing BRF racks to the SDCR supports.
Enclosures with aluminium PACRN door G is 15 mm more. Enclosures with glazed KT door G is 4 mm less.
CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/29

CRN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS
IP66 (EN 60529)

One body enclosures

CRN 86/400 EP KT

19” metal enclosures for electronic applications with
back and transparent KT, door that can fit fixed or
swing 19” Racks with v 8.5 mm drillings every
44.45 mm.
c 5 heights: 4, 7, 9, 13 and 16 units for swing racks and
5, 8, 10, 14 and 17 units for fixed racks.
c Depth 400 mm.
c Made of sheet steel painted to RAL-7032.
c KT transparent templated glass reversible door.

1/30 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

c 3 points lock from 700 mm height.
c Fixed rack depth adjustable on 25 mm pitch with
adjustable supports (to be ordered separately).
c Cable gland plates.
c Earth welded stud.

CRN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS
IP66 (EN 60529)

With 19’’ swing chassis

Dimensions
enclosures (mm)
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Reference

With 19’’ fixed chassis

No. of
units

No. of
units

Reference

D

E

F

G

300

600

400

CRN-36/400EP KT

4

CRN-36/400EF KT

5

258

200

275

225

400

600

400

CRN-46/400EP KT

7

CRN-46/400EF KT

8

358

300

375

325

500

600

400

CRN-56/400EP KT

9

CRN-56/400EF KT

10

458

400

475

425

700

600

400

CRN-76/400EP KT

13

CRN-76/400EF KT

14

658

600

675

625

800

600

400

CRN-86/400EP KT

16

CRN-86/400EF KT

17

758

700

775

725

Dimensions (mm)

FIG. 1

Fixed chassis

Swing chassis

X

F

G

E

D

X

Detail X

467

543

485

30.7

12.5 8.58.5

80

403

453

467

403

453

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/31

CRN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS
IP66 (EN 60529)

Two bodies enclosures

CRN 86/500E 17U KT

Swing frame metal enclosures for electronic
applications with three parts: back, frame and KT door,
19” fixed rack with v 8.5 holes every 44.45 mm.

BODY
c Usable depth 200 or 300 mm.
c Two 19” uprights in treated steel, set back 100 mm from
front face.

c 5 heighs: 5, 8, 10, 14 and 17 U.

c Intermediate body mounted on rear panel with 180° hinges.

c 2 depths: 400 and 500 mm.
c Made of sheet steel painted to RAL-7032.

DOOR

REAR PANEL

c 120° opening with 2 or 3 hinges.

c Depth 150 mm.

c 3 points lock from 700 mm height.

c Internal attachment point for fixing of various supports.
c Hinges and closure system with body.
c Top and bottom cable gland plates.

1/32 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

c KT transparent templated glass.

CRN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS
IP66 (EN 60529)

Dimensions (mm)

No. of units
(1 U = 44.45 mm)

Reference
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

300

600

400

CRN-36/400E 5U KT

400

600

400

CRN-46/400E 8U KT

500

600

400

700

600

800

600

300

D

E

F

L

G

H

J

5

210

306

259

258

225

275

8

210

306

359

358

325

375

71

CRN-56/400E 10U KT

10

210

306

459

458

425

475

71

400

CRN-76/400E 14U KT

14

210

306

659

658

625

675

71

400

CRN-86/400E 17U KT

17

210

306

759

758

725

775

71

600

500

CRN-36/500E 5U KT

5

310

406

259

258

225

275

171

400

600

500

CRN-46/500E 8U KT

8

310

406

359

358

325

375

171

500

600

500

CRN-56/500E 10U KT

10

310

406

459

458

425

475

171

700

600

500

CRN-76/500E 14U KT

14

310

406

659

658

625

675

171

800

600

500

CRN-86/500E 17U KT

17

-

406

759

758

725

775

171

71

Dimensions (mm)

FIG. 1

X

H

G

A

L

F

Detail X

8.58.5
600

D

C

E

157

J

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/33

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Locks
Standard double bar
lock ref. CDB/CRN.
When wing DBP is
affited to lock, the
double bar lock is
transformed into normal
wing lock.
c Operated by:
v Wing shaped handle
ref.: DBP
(standard).
v Key wing LDB 5
DIN 43668
(optional supply).
CDB/CRN

OPTIONAL LOCK INSERTS TO TRANSFORM STANDARD LOCK
Type
3 mm double bar key lock

KPLM

1/34 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

Key type/
reference

Reference

LDB 5

TDB/CRN

 6 mm square key lock

LC-7

TC 6/CRN

 7 mm square key lock

LC-7

TC 7/CRN

 8 mm square key lock

LC-8

TC 8/CRN

 6.5 mm triangular key lock

LT-6,5

TT 6/CRN

 7 mm triangular key lock

LT-8

TT 7/CRN

 8 mm triangular key lock

LT-8

TT 8/CRN

Safety cylinder lock
insert with wing key 405

CL/CRN

Full metal lock with keylock 405

CLL/CR-CRS-CRN

Stainless steel padlock

KPLM

Lock with padlock bar for CRN

CBC/CRN

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Three-point lock for CRN enclosures
Double bar standard
lock for CRN-1010/300,
CRN 128/300 and CRN
1210/300 models in their
plain and transparent KT
door versions.

c Operation through:
v LDB 5 key
(according DIN 43668).

OPTIONAL LOCK INSERTS TO TRANSFORM THE STANDARD THREE-POINT
LOCKING ENCLOSURES
Type

Key type/
reference

Reference

 6 mm square lock

LC-7

TC 6/ML

 7 mm square lock

LC-7

TC 7/ML

 8 mm square lock

LC-8

TC 8/ML

 7 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TT 7/ML

 8 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TT 8/ML

Handle lock

TS/ML

Handle lock with key

TL/ML

Three-point lock for CRN enclosures
OPTIONAL HANDLE LOCKS TO TRANSFORM STANDARD
THREE-POINT LOCK
Type

Key type/
reference

Reference

Double bar lock

LDB 5

TEDB/ML

 6 mm square lock

LC-7

TEC 6/ML

 7 mm square lock

LC-7

TEC 7/ML

 8 mm square lock

LC-8

TEC 8/ML

 7 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TET 7/ML

 8 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TET 8/ML

Key lock type 405

TEL/ML

Safety cylinder lock

TER/ML

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/35

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Internal doors
Internal door set for
fixing to the front of the
enclosure. The internal
door can also be
adjusted in depth
through SDCR supports.
Enables positioning of
the mounting plate by
making it depth
adjustable.
Made of sheet steel
protected with polyester
epoxy grey paint to
RAL-7032.
Vertical reinforcing
profiles are included on
up to 800 mm high
doors.
CRN 54/200 + PIN 54

To fit to enclosures
Reference
Height
(A)

D

E

G

H

I

Width
(B)

min.

400

300

PIN 43

349

241

208

32

51

500

400

PIN 54

449

341

308

32

51

600

400

PIN 64

549

341

308

32

51

700

500

PIN 75

649

441

408

32

51
51

800

600

PIN 86

749

541

508

32

1000

600

PIN 106

949

541

508

32

51

1000

800

PIN 108

949

741

708

32

51

1200

800

PIN 128

1149

741

708

32

52

For glazed door enclosures, H is 4 mm less.

2

1

D

A

40

27

32

23

23
min = 30
10

G
E

B

H
C

I
C

c Directed fixing of PIN internal door to the front of the enclosure.
d Fixing of PIN internal door through SDCR depth adjustable supports.
In this case, both the door and a mounting plate can be adjusted.

1/36 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Aluminium glazed door
Polycarbonate
transparent doors with
anodized aluminium
frame of great resistance
and lightness. Black
paint to RAL-9005.
c Maximum viewing
area.
c Excellent finish.
c 120º opening.
c IP40.

To be fitted to enclosures
Reference

PACRN-75

Width
(B)

PACRN-3025

300

250

0.8

PACRN-33

300

300

1

PACRN-43

400

300

1.2

PACRN-44

400

400

1.6

PACRN-46

400

600

2.3

PACRN-54

500

400

2

PACRN-55

500

500

2.4

PACRN-64

600

400

2.3

PACRN-65

600

500

2.8

PACRN-66

600

600

3.2

PACRN-75

700

500

3.1

PACRN-86

800

600

4.1

PACRN-88

800

800

5.4

PACRN-106

1000

600

5

PACRN-108

1000

800

6.3

PACRN-1010

1000

1000

7.6

PACRN-128

1200

800

7.4

A _ 75

A _ 50

A _70
A

A_5

* C +17

B

Detail of standard double bar lock fitted right on the profile
for an excellent finish.

Weight
kg

Height
(A)

B _102

65

B _ 50
B _ 75

Detail of earthing between body and door frame.

B_5

* C measurement as per general table on
page 1/11.

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/37

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Insulated cable gland plates
Made of ABS
autoexinguible with fibre
glass (30% contents).
Colour RAL-7035.
c With pre-punched Pg
holes.
c Polyurethane foam
gasket.
c Excellent resistance to
heat.

223

Reference
TSA-CRN/A

A

TSA-CRN/B

B

TSA-CRN/C

C, E**

TSA-CRN/D

D

* See drawings of flange openings on page 1/12.
** For flange openings type E, two TSA-CRN/C are required.

2
2
3
1

105

Flange openings*

259

Pg
Pg
Pg
Pg

105

2
2
4
2

11
13.5
16
21 / 11

Pg
Pg
Pg
Pg

11
13.5
16
21 / 11

Pg 11

(18.6 mm)

Pg 13.5

(20.4 mm)

Pg 16

(22.5 mm)

Pg 21 / 11 (28.3 / 18.6 mm)

Pg 29 / 16 (37 / 22.5 mm)

Pg 36 / 29 (47 / 37 mm)
360

163

2
4
6
3
4
2

Pg
Pg
Pg
Pg
Pg
Pg

11
13.5
16
21 / 11
29 / 16
36 / 29

163

460

2
3
9
6
4
2

Pg
Pg
Pg
Pg
Pg
Pg

11
13.5
16
21 / 11
29 / 16
36 / 29

Wall fixing brackets
Passivated zinc-coated
steel PFCR. They are
fixed from the outside
and can be placed
horizontally or vertically.
Not included in the
standard supply.

1/38 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

Reference
PFCR

PFCR

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Single plinths

C - 106

C - 164

B - 62

C - 145
C - 34

To fit directly to the
enclosures using the
drillings for ground
fixing.
c 100 and 200 mm high.
c Front and rear access.
c Polyester epoxy resin
paint to RAL-7022.

B - 228
B - 164

100

B-2

Plinth height = 100 mm
Reference

Plinth height = 200 mm
Reference

300

ZUN 63/100

ZUN 63/200

400

ZUN 64/100

ZUN 64/200

800

300

ZUN 83/100

ZUN 83/200

800

400

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

1000

300

ZUN 103/100

ZUN 103/200

1200

300

ZUN 123/100

ZUN 123/200

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

600
600

200

Enclosure dimensions

Supporting pole
Directly fitted to the
flange openings by
means of CHCO
coupling plates.
Made of extruded
aluminium and painted
with polyester epoxi
resin to light gray
RAL-7032 texturized.

SUPPORTING POLE
Reference
COCN-80

Description
Suitable for all
models except
CRN-2520/150

COUPLING PLATES
Reference

To be fitted to flange opening*

CHCO/A

A

CHCO/B

B

CHCO/C

C-E*

CHCO/D

D

* 2 coupling plates and 2 supporting poles are required.

800 mm

U 10265 mm

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/39

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Louvre plates
To be fitted on any
surface of the enclosure
for internal ventilation.
Colour RAL-7032
texturized.

Ref.

A

B

C

D

E

F

TR-1

144

62

36

110

-

-

TR-2

208

90

72

94

190

-

TR-3

244

90

72

130

226

-

TR-4

345

118

100

231

237

115.5

TR-5

345

148

130

231

327

115.5

TR-6

445

148

130

297

427

148.5

A
F

=

B

C

=

F

Ø 5.3

D
E

Depth adjustable supports
For 200, 250, 300 and
400 mm depth
enclosures. The different
positions allow the
adjusting of mounting
plates and accessories
every 12.5 mm.

Reference

To be fitted in enclosures
depth (mm)

SDCR 200

200

SDCR 250

250

SDCR 300

300

SDCR 400

400

12.5

30

44

Fixing accessories for universal plates
Fixing nut
Metric
sice

M3
M4
M5

Lenght
(mm)

Pack
qty.
TFP 3
TFP 4
TFP 5
TFP 6

100
100
100
100

-

-

-

10

100

TOR 16/4 A

16

100

TOR 12/5 A

12

100

TOR 18/5 A

18

100

TOR 12/6 A

12

100

TOR 18/6 A

18

100

1126 mm

30
1/40 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

Pack
qty.

TOR 10/4 A

15 15

M6

Fixing screw and washer

30

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Clamps GCR
Snap-on clamps
designed to be installed
directly on 19” racks,
and MR mounting
plates.
Ref.: GCR.

Canopies

F

Metal canopies
protectec externally and
internally with polyesterepoxy resin to light grey
RAL-7032 texturized.

3
12

To be fitted
to enclosures
Reference

F
Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

TJ-2015

200

150

36

TJ-2515

250

150

36

TJ-2520

250

200

36

TJ-3015

300

150

36

TJ-3020

300

200

36

TJ-4015

400

150

36

TJ-4020

400

200

36

TJ-4025

400

250

42

TJ-5015

500

150

36

TJ-5020

500

200

36

TJ-5025

500

250

42

TJ-6020

600

200

36

TJ-6025

600

250

42

TJ-6030

600

300

42

TJ-6040

600

400

42

TJ-8020

800

200

36

TJ-8025

800

250

42

TJ-8030

800

300

42

TJ-8040

800

400

42

TJ-10030

1000

300

42

TJ-10040

1000

400

42

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/41

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Earthing braids
Normally used for the earthing between enclosure door and body and between
enclosure body and mounting plate. They include the screws necessary for their
use. Ref. CTAF..., Earthing braids provide an earthing connection suitable for
high frequencies since they prevent disturbing unwanted electrical currents that
occur at these frequencies.
Reference

Lenght
mm

Width
mm

Cross section
mm2

Material

CTI 17/6

170

6

Copper/brass

CTI 17/10

170

10

Copper/brass

CTI 22/6

220

6

Copper/brass

CTI 22/10

220

10

Copper/brass

CTI 22/25

220

25

Copper/brass

CTI 41/10

410

10

Copper/brass

CTI 41/25

410

25

Copper/brass

CTAF 15/16

155

20

16

Tinned copper

CTAF 20/25

200

21

25

Tinned copper

CTAF 25/25

200

26

25

Tinned copper

CTAF 20/25

200

40

50

Tinned copper

Diagram pockets
Size

Reference

A4

PP-A4

A5

PP-A5

174

PP-A models made of
PVC to grey RAL-7035.
c Adhesive fixing or by
means of screws.
For DIN A4 or A5 sized
documents.

188

22

234

Ref.: PP-A5

278

Ref.: PP-A4

RAL-7032 aerosol
Touch-up paint. Air
drying. RAL-7032 colour.
150 g.
Ref.: BPA-7032.

1/42 HIMEL CRN wall mounting steel enclosures

40

CRN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Enclosure lighting
Compact neon lamps,
specially designed for
their use in enclosures.
Possibility to fix them
with magnet.
c Electronic low
consumption lamp
220 V/50 Hz or
120 V/60 Hz.
c Consumption 11 W.
c Power on/off switch.
c With switch and
220 V/16 A or
120 V/15 A earthed
socket.
c Max. ambient
temperature 60 oC.
c Lighting performance
+ 75 W bulb.

Characteristics

Reference

Switch

Voltage

Lamp with magnet or 35 mm
symmetrical DIN rail fixing

LAM-75
LAM-75/120

220 V/16 A
120 V/15 A

220 V/50 Hz
120 V/60 Hz

Lamp with 35 mm
symmetrical DIN rail fixing

LAC-75
LAC-75/120

220 V/16 A
120 V/15 A

220 V/50 Hz
120 V/60 Hz

Enclosure lighting

2

3

Lighting specially designed
for use in electrical
enclosures with various
types of fixing and
switching.
c Electronic low
consumption lamp E27,
20 W, 220-240 V/50-60 Hz
or 120 V/60 Hz.
c Output equivalent to
a 100 W.
c Connection through
terminal block on fixed
models or cord on portable
models.
c IP20 rating.
c Type II insulation.
c According to standards
EN55014 and EN50082-1.

67

100

1

396

4
Description

Fixing

Fig.

Reference

Voltage

Proximity switch
operated

Magnetic, screws
and or DIN 35 rail (1)

1

LAMDP
LAMDP 120

220 V/50 Hz
120 V/60 Hz

ON/OFF switch with
optional door switch

Magnetic, screws
and or DIN 35 rail(1)

2

LAMIN
LAMIN 120

220 V/50 Hz
120 V/60 Hz

Portable lamp,
cord connection

Adhesive or
screws

3

LAMPO
LAMPO 120

220 V/50 Hz
120 V/60 Hz

Lamp support for LAMDP,
LAMIN, LAMPO

Adhesive or screws
(1) DIN rail not included

4

SOLAM

(1) DIN rail not supplied as standard.

CRN wall mounting steel enclosures H IM EL 1/43

CM control bo
to fit human-machine

Rear door
enabling access
to the inside of
the control box.
Double bar lock.

Ergonomic frame
trim for the
manipulation of
the box.

Set of profiles to
fit elements
inside.

Plastic trim cover
to protect the
aluminium section.

1/44 HIMEL control boxes system CM

xes designed
dialogue elements

Easy to fit
accessories on
the aluminium
profile with bolts.

Reinforcement
designed to avoid
deformation of the
box when
suspended.

Aluminium front plate,
for fitting the dialogue
elements.
control boxes system CM H IM EL 1/45

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

WIDE RANGE
Seven sizes of control boxes plus one box for the
keyboard.
CONTROL BOX BASED ON THE
STANDARD BOX
The new control box is based on our CRN box.

TRIM FRAME
The ergonomic design of the trim frame makes it
very easy to handle.
The trim frame is ready for fitting accessories either
when installing or later.
It is not necessary to foresee them from the
beginning.

REAR DOOR
The rear door opening 120° allows an easy access
to the inside of the box.

ACCESSORIES
A wide range of easy to fit accessories, lamp,
diagram support, keyboard holder tray and PC tray.

INTERIOR PROFILES
Two profiles can be fitted inside, using the bolts
welded to the sides.

RESISTANCE TABLES
SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITHOUT
INTERMEDIATE ARTICULATED COUPLING
c The load (a + b + control box + elements installed)
must be below the maximum load.
c Ex.: If a 50 mm cross section suspension system
is used, without an articulated intermediate
coupling, wiht a lever arm of 1200 mm, the
maximum load it will support is 80 kg.

Maximum
load
150

Cross Section 80
100

80
Cross Section 50

50

Length mm

Cross section 50
Maximum load kg

Cross section 80
Maximum load kg

500

100

150

1000

100

150

1500

60

110

2000

50

80

2500

-

60

kg
1 (mm)

1000

2000

3000

1200
FIG. 1

L

a
b

1/46 HIMEL control boxes system CM

(L)

SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A wide range of accessories to assemble the
suspension system, available in two sizes, covering
a large number of applications.
DESIGN
The neutral design of the control boxes allows
them to be used in a large number of applications.
ADAPTABILITY
The boxes can be painted in other colours on
request. The aluminium front plate can be
machined to facilitate the fitting of dialogue
elements.

SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITH AN INTERMEDIATE
ARTICULATED COUPLING
c The load (a + b + control box + elements installed)
must be below the maximum load.

Maximum
load
150

Cross Section 80

c Ex.: If a 80 mm cross section suspension system
is used, with an intermediate articulated coupling,
with a lever arm of 1700 mm, the maximum load
it will support is 80 kg.

100

80
Cross Section 50
50

Length mm

Cross section 50
Maximum load kg

Cross section 80
Maximum load kg

500

100

130

1000

100

130

1500

55

90

2000

35

60

2500

-

40

kg
1 (mm)

1000

2000

3000

1700
FIG. 1

L

a
b

control boxes system CM H IM EL 1/47

(L)

CM

CONTROL BOXES
IP66 (EN 60529)

CM 6080/300

CM 8060/300

CM 4040/200

Control box system designed to fit man-machine
dialogue elements, reinforced at the top and drilled to
fit articulations.
Boxes 600 mm wide are prepared for fitting a
keyboard.

c Rear door opening 120°.
c IP55.
c Box painted in epoxy polyester resin colour RAL-7035 fine
texture. Trim frame for securing the front panel in plain
RAL-7040 colour.
c For lock changes see CRN catalogue.

c Anodised aluminium front plate for fitting man-machine
dialogue elements.
c Ergonomic extruded aluminium trim frame to facilitate the
manipulation of the box.
c 4 bolts M515 welded on each side of the box to enable
the fitting of profiles for the assembly of elements.

Basic composition:
c Steel box.
c Steel reinforcement.
c Aluminium trim.
c Aluminium front plate.
c 2 profiles to fit the interior elements.
c Double bar lock.

1/48 HIMEL control boxes system CM

CM

CONTROL BOXES
IP66 (EN 60529)

BOXES DIMENSIONS

Dimensions in mm

50

Height

Width

Depth

Reference

300

300

200

HHHCM3030/200

300

400

200

HHHCM3040/200

400

400

200

HHHCM4040/200

400

600

250

HHHCM4060/250

500

500

250

HHHCM5050/250

600

600

200

HHHCM6060/200

600

800

300

HHHCM6080/300

800

600

300

HHHCM8060/300

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

50

80

REFERENCES AND DETAILS OF BOXES
Reference

A

B

C

D

F

G

H

J

Fig.

Weight kg

HHHCM3030/200

300

300

180

162

260

260

100

45

2

8.6

HHHCM3040/200

300

400

180

162

360

260

100

45

2

9.5

HHHCM4040/200

400

400

180

262

360

360

100

45

2

11.4

HHHCM4060/250

400

600

250

262

560

360

125

100

1

17.9

HHHCM5050/250

500

500

250

362

560

460

125

100

2

20.2

HHHCM6060/200

600

600

200

462

560

560

150

100

1

26.5

HHHCM6080/300

600

800

280

462

760

560

150

100

3

34.9

HHHCM8060/300

800

600

280

662

560

760

150

100

1

33.6

Dimensions (mm)

FIG. 1

FIG. 2

102.5

Ø54
A + 36

A
D

H

J

F

G

58

58

75

Ø7

C

u 50

FIG. 3

C + 15

B

87

87

Ø87

H

87

Ø9

H

87

Ø9

Ø87

u 80 + keyboard
B + 97

u 80

control boxes system CM H IM EL 1/49

CM

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS
IP54 (EN 60529)

Tubes
c For the assembly of
suspension systems.
c Closed profile to
increase the rigidity of
the system.
c Material: Iron.
c Colour: RAL-7035.

Weight
50×50

6.5 kg/m

80×80

10.5 kg/m

Reference
Cross section 50

Cross section 80

HHHCM T5005

HHHCM T8005

Lenght in m
0.50

HHHCM T5010

HHHCM T8010

1.00

HHHCM T5015

HHHCM T8015

1.50

HHHCM T5020

HHHCM T8020

2.00

Straight coupling

A
2ⴛM12
DIN916
B

M

F

E

C

c To join the box to a
tube vertically.
c Box suspended.
c Turning angle limited
mechanically to about
310º.
c Material: Aluminium.
c Colour: RAL-7040.

F

D

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

A

B

HHHCM/UCR50

50

42

115

96

HHHCM/UCR80

80

72

145

139

1/50 HIMEL control boxes system CM

C

D

E

F

M

Weight kg

52.3

58

M6

1.25

85

87

M8

3.10

CM

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS
IP54 (EN 60529)

“L” coupling for box
A

4ⴛM12
DIN916

C

D

F

B

G

c To fix the box to a
tube horizontally.
c Box suspended.
c Turning angle limited
mechanically to about
310º.
c Material: Aluminium.
c Colour: RAL-7040.
c Colour of inspection
cover: RAL-7035.

E

I

M

H

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

M

Weight kg

HHHCM/UCC50

154

46

60

147

96

42

50

42

58

M6

2.00

HHHCM/UCC80

208.5

56

83

190

139

72

80

70

87

M8

6.55

Rotating coupling
E

B

F

A

0-3

0º

c To join the box to a
tube vertically.
c Box suspended or
supported.
c Rotation angle 30º.
c Material: Cast iron.
c Colour: RAL-7040.

D
d

G

C

H

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

A

B

C

D

d

E

F

G

H

Weight kg

HHHCM/UCP50

50

55

100

44

50

121

182

50

100

2.98

HHHCM/UCP80

50

55

100

44

80

121

182

50

100

3.10

control boxes system CM H IM EL 1/51

CM

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS
IP54 (EN 60529)

Fixing of suspension system to a horizontal surface
c To fix the suspension
system to a horizontal
surface.
c Turning angle limited
mechanically to about
295º.
c Material: Cast iron.
c Colour: RAL-7040.
c Colour of the
inspection cover:
RAL-7035.

A

E

G

H

D
C

B

F

L

J

I

K

J
I

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

HHHCM/UMC50

68

50

50

42

30

96

96

HHHCM/UMC80

98

74

80

72

45

144

141.5

H

I

J

K

L

Weight kg

134

140

120

9

55

5.40

195.5

210

180

13

84

15.70

Articulated fixing of suspension system to a vertical surface
c For the articulated
fixing of the
suspension system to
a vertical surface.
c Articulation protected
by a rubber bellows.
c Approximate
maximum opening
angle 170º.
c Material: Cast iron.
c Colour: RAL-7040.
c Colour of bellows:
RAL-7035.

B

C
D

E

F

A

G

L

I

G

H

J
K

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

Weight kg

HHHCM/UMA50

118

92

50

42

85

11

148

80

130

55

68

105

4.35

HHHCM/UMA80

160

115

80

72

130

11

190

115

175

90

103

150

9.45

1/52 HIMEL control boxes system CM

CM

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS
IP54 (EN 60529)

Pedestal
c To fix the suspension
system to a vertical or
horizontal surface.
c Material: Cast iron.
c Colour: RAL-7040.
S

L

l

8ⴛM12
DIN916

C

F

h

d

a

b

D

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

a

b

c

d

D

F

h

I

L

S

Weight kg

HHHCM/UMR50

50

42

105

11

125

152

72

97

110

15

3.25

HHHCM/UMR80

80

72

134

11

173

201

111

126

140

16

7.00

“L” coupling for tube
c To join two tubes
at 90º.
c Material: Aluminium.
c Colour: RAL-7040.
c Colour of inspection
cover: RAL-7035.

A

D

E

G

C

F

B

12ⴛM12
DIN916

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

A

B

C

HHHCM/UTC50
HHHCM/UTC80

144

46

60

193

56

83

D

E

F

G

Weight kg

60

46

42

50

1.35

83

56

70

80

2.40

control boxes system CM H IM EL 1/53

CM

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS
IP54 (EN 60529)

Intermediate articulated coupling

C
D

A
B

c For an articulated
horizontal coupling
between tubes.
c Articulation protected
by a rubber bellows.
c Approximate
maximum opening
angle 170º.
c Material: Cast iron.
c Colour: RAL-7040.
c Colour of bellows:
RAL-7035.

12ⴛM12 DIN916

E

E

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

A

B

C

D

E

Weight kg

HHHCM/UIA50

50

42

236

67

148

4.25

HHHCM/UIA80

80

72

320

94

190

10.00

Control lamp adaptor
c For fitting the
signalling column.
c Material: Aluminium.
c Colour: RAL-7035.

M23ⴛ2
SW24

B

C

A

M20ⴛ1.5

D

E

REFERENCES AND DETAILS
Dimensions in mm
Reference

A

B

C

D

E

Weight kg

HHHCM/ACS50

14

11

8.7

31.5

50

0.025

HHHCM/ACS80

14

11

2.5

43

80

0.080

1/54 HIMEL control boxes system CM

CM

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Keyboard for control boxes

Low consumption lamp (11 W)

Width

Depth

Reference

Weight kg

250

600

110

HHHCMT 2560/110

8

250

210

Height

560

125

600

Basic composition:
c
c
c
c
c

Steel box.
Aluminium trim.
Aluminium front plate.
2 brackets to join to the control box.
Trim profile for the joint between the keyboard and
the control box.
c Cable conduit.

Diagram support

315

102

HHHCM/LAG

1.5 kg

Reference

HHHCM/SPP

1.15 kg

Tray to hold a PC
c Tray to hold a PC
keyboard.
c Colour: RAL-7035.
c Colour of articulations:
RAL-7040.

Reference

c Holds diagrams or
other documents
conveniently.
c Colour: RAL-7035.
c Articulation colour:
RAL-7040.

230

Keyboard support tray

200

110

697

c Provides lighting and a
16 A power socket
over the workplace.
c Bracket colour to
RAL-7035.
c Articulation colour to
RAL-7040.

385

Reference

Keyboard
Dimensions in mm

286

Keyboard prepared for
fitting to the control
boxes, 600 mm wide.
The 120º joint is made
by 2 metal brackets and
aluminium trim.
c Anodised aluminium
front plate to fit the
keyboard.
Side orifice for cables.
c Rear cover, screwed
on, totally removable,
to facilitate access to
the inside.
c Ergonomic extruded
aluminium trim frame.
c IP55.
c Box painted in epoxy
polyester resin colour
RAL-7035 fine texture.
Trim frame to secure
the plate and
aluminium profile in
plain RAL-7040 colour.

310

500

HHHCM/BPT

c Tray to hold a laptop
computer.
c Colour: RAL-7035.
c Articulation colour:
RAL-7040.

2.16 kg

Reference

350

HHHCM/BPC

2.04 kg

control boxes system CM H IM EL 1/55

Floor standing indus
A complete range of full
or partial mounting plates
suitable for most types
of installations.

Detail of the tempered glass fixing.

Standard flat lock placed outside
the gasketed area. Handle lock
and various lock combinations
available.

Double door enclosures with an
internal locking system to ensure
the IP degree.

A complete system to earth
the enclosure and
components.

1/56 HIMEL floor standing industrial enclosures CMO

trial enclosures CMO

Lifting eyebolts bolted
directly to the cubicle
structure.

Inside view of the 2 mm thick
door with detail of 15 × 20 mm
cross section reinforcement
frame with Ø 5 and 10 mm
drilling every 25 mm.

Door recentering
wedge.

Detail of front perforated
profile with 25 mm pitch for
fixing of accessories, modular
distribution chassis,
19” racks, etc.

Detail of profiles with 25 mm
pitch for depth adjustment of
equipment.
floor standing industrial enclosures CMO H IM EL 1/57

MONOBLOC FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURES
WITH OR WITHOUT MOUNTING PLATE

CMO

IP55 (EN 60529)

CMO 186/40 PM

Monobloc floor standing enclosure made from a

CMO 186/40

■

Self-centreing of door through specially designed lock

■

Locking system outside gasketed area.

■

Internal handle on left door for 2 doors up to 1400 mm

■

4 point locking on heights 1600 to 2000 mm.

■

2 point locking on heights 1000 to 1400 mm.

■

Foamed polyurethane gasket.

catches.

continuous length of sheet steel triple folded. Front
with perforated profile. Back welded onto a flanged
rear profile for higher protection. Painted internally and
externally with polyester epoxy powder paint to light
grey RAL-7032 and texturized finish.

high enclosures.

Easy installation:
■

■

■

Front frame with u 11×13 mm drillings and 25 mm pitch
for fixing of accessories, modular distribution chassis,

Configuration:
■

CMO...PM version includes mounting plate.

19” racks, etc.

■

4 mounting plate supports.

Perforated profiles with 25 mm pitch for depth adjusting

■

Plain front door with reinforcing frame.

of mounting plate and other accessories.

■

5 mm double bar locking system.

Front door, 120º opening to right or left with reinforcing

■

2 parts cable gland plate supplied with a gasket.

profile which can be used for mounting of equipment.
Rigidity and watertightness:
■

Double folding of front profile and reinforced fixing of the
back.

1/58 HIMEL floor standing industrial enclosures CMO

MONOBLOC FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURES
WITH OR WITHOUT MOUNTING PLATE

CMO

IP55 (EN 60529)

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
External dimensions
(mm)

Reference

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

No. of
doors

Enclosure with
mounting plate

Enclosure without
mounting plate

1000

1000

300

2

CMO 1010/30 PM

CMO 1010/30

1200

800

300

1

CMO 128/30 PM

CMO 128/30

1200

1000

300

2

CMO 1210/30 PM

CMO 1210/30

1200

1200

400

2

CMO 1212/40 PM

CMO 1212/40

1400

600

300

1

CMO 146/30 PM

CMO 146/30

1400

600

400

1

CMO 146/40 PM

CMO 146/40

1400

800

300

1

CMO 148/30 PM

CMO 148/30

1400

800

400

1

CMO 148/40 PM

CMO 148/40

1400

1000

400

2

CMO 1410/40 PM

CMO 1410/40

1400

1200

400

2

CMO 1412/40 PM

CMO 1412/40

1600

600

300

1

CMO 166/30 PM

CMO 166/30

1600

600

400

1

CMO 166/40 PM

CMO 166/40

1600

800

300

1

CMO 168/30 PM

CMO 168/30

1600

800

400

1

CMO 168/40 PM

CMO 168/40

1600

1000

300

2

CMO 1610/30 PM

CMO 1610/30

1600

1000

400

2

CMO 1610/40 PM

CMO 1610/40

1600

1000

400

2

CMO 1610/40 PM SB*

1600

1200

300

2

CMO 1612/30 PM

CMO 1612/30

1600

1200

400

2

CMO 1612/40 PM

CMO 1612/40

1800

600

300

1

CMO 186/30 PM

CMO 186/30

1800

600

400

1

CMO 186/40 PM

CMO 186/40

1800

800

300

1

CMO 188/30 PM

CMO 188/30

1800

800

400

1

CMO 188/40 PM

CMO 188/40

1800

800

500

1

CMO 188/50 PM

CMO 188/50

1800

800

600

1

CMO 188/60 PM

CMO 188/60

1800

1000

400

2

CMO 1810/40 PM

CMO 1810/40

1800

1000

500

2

CMO 1810/50 PM

CMO 1810/50

1800

1200

400

2

CMO 1812/40 PM

CMO 1812/40

1800

1200

400

2

CMO 1812/40 PM SB*

1800

1200

500

2

CMO 1812/50 PM

CMO 1812/50

1800

1600

400

2

CMO 1816/40 PM

CMO 1816/40

1800

1600

500

2

CMO 1816/50 PM

CMO 1816/50

2000

600

300

1

CMO 206/30 PM

CMO 206/30

2000

600

400

1

CMO 206/40 PM

CMO 206/40

2000

800

300

1

CMO 208/30 PM

CMO 208/30

2000

800

400

1

CMO 208/40 PM

CMO 208/40

2000

800

500

1

CMO 208/50 PM

CMO 208/50

2000

800

600

1

CMO 208/60 PM

CMO 208/60

2000

1000

400

2

CMO 2010/40 PM

CMO 2010/40

2000

1000

500

2

CMO 2010/50 PM

CMO 2010/50

2000

1200

400

2

CMO 2012/40 PM

CMO 2012/40

2000

1200

500

2

CMO 2012/50 PM

CMO 2012/50

2000

1200

600

2

CMO 2012/60 PM

CMO 2012/60

2000

1600

400

2

CMO 2016/40 PM

CMO 2016/40

2000

1600

500

2

CMO 2016/50 PM

CMO 2016/50

2000

1600

600

2

CMO 2016/60 PM

CMO 2016/60

-

-

* SB: CMO with roof panel.

floor standing industrial enclosures CMO H IM EL 1/59

MONOBLOC FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURES
WITH GLAZED DOOR

CMO

IP55 (EN 60529)

CMO 186/40 KT
ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
External dimensions
(mm)
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

No. of
doors

Reference

1200

800

1400

600

300

1

CMO 128/30 KT

300

1

Front door, 120° opening to right or left with reinforcing

1400

CMO 146/30 KT

600

400

1

profile which can be used for mounting of equipment.

CMO 146/40 KT

1400

800

300

1

CMO 148/30 KT

Rest of characteristics like those of the CMO standard

1400

800

400

1

CMO 148/40 KT

enclosure.

1600

600

300

1

CMO 166/30 KT

1600

600

400

1

CMO 166/40 KT

1600

800

300

1

CMO 168/30 KT

1600

800

400

1

CMO 168/40 KT

1800

600

300

1

CMO 186/30 KT

Monobloc floor standing enclosure made from a
continuous length of sheet steel triple folded.
■

■

Configuration:
■

Glazed door.

■

5 mm double bar locking system.

1800

600

400

1

CMO 186/40 KT

■

4 mounting plate supports.

1800

600

500

1

CMO 186/50 KT

■

2-part cable gland plate with gasket.

1800

600

600

1

CMO 186/60 KT

1800

800

300

1

CMO 188/30 KT

1800

800

400

1

CMO 188/40 KT

1800

800

500

1

CMO 188/50 KT

1800

800

600

1

CMO 188/60 KT

2000

600

300

1

CMO 206/30 KT

2000

600

400

1

CMO 206/40 KT

2000

600

500

1

CMO 206/50 KT

2000

600

600

1

CMO 206/60 KT

2000

800

300

1

CMO 208/30 KT

2000

800

400

1

CMO 208/40 KT

2000

800

500

1

CMO 208/50 KT

2000

800

600

1

CMO 208/60 KT

1/60 HIMEL floor standing industrial enclosures CMO

MONOBLOC FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURES
WITH FRONT AND REAR DOOR

CMO

IP55 (EN 60529)

CMO 188/60 PUP

Monobloc floor standing enclosure made from a

Configuration:

continuous length of sheet steel triple folded.
Front and back with perforated profile. Back welded
onto a flanged rear profile for higher protection.

■

Plain front door with reinforcing profile and back door

■

5 mm double bar locking system.

■

4 mounting plate supports.

■

2-part cable gland plate with gasket.

■

Internal handle on left door for 2 doors enclosure.

■

Front and rear door, 120º opening to right or left with
reinforcing profile which can be used for mounting of

without.

equipment.
■

Rest of characteristics like those of the CMO standard
enclosure.

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
External dimensions
(mm)
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

No. of
doors

Reference

1800

800

600

1+1

CMO 188/60 PUP

2000

800

600

1+1

CMO 208/60 PUP

2000

1200

600

2+2

CMO 2012/60 PUP

floor standing industrial enclosures CMO H IM EL 1/61

CMO

MONOBLOC FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURES

IP55 (EN 60529)

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

A - 90

25

A - 90

Min. 105
Max. C - 45

18 x 18

B - 90

25

B - 90

Ø10

A - 62

A

A - 150

A

A - 150

A-

12.5

Ø5

24

B -150

B - 150

C - 24

B/2 - 150

B - 150

C + 6.5

B - 120

B - 120

B - 120

B - 164*

B - 164*

B - 164*

600/800

1200/1600

C - 130

C - 164*

C - 130

C - 164*

B/2 - 280

C - 130

C - 164*

B - 280

1000

14

200
50

1600/1800

Width - 90

1000/1200

* Ground or plinth fixing dimensions.

1/62 HIMEL floor standing industrial enclosures CMO

D - 68
D

45

1200 width models without central adjustement rails.

Reference enclosures

D

CMO 1610/40SB PM

400

CMO 1812/40SB PM

400

CMO

MONOBLOC FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURES

IP55 (EN 60529)

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 2

25

B - 205

A - 90

CMO...KT enclosures

B - 90

B - 120
B - 164*

C - 130

C - 164*

A - 66

A

A - 150

A-

A - 262

B - 280

24

B

B - 150

C + 6.5

* Ground or plinth fixing dimensions.

FIG. 3

CMO...PUP enclosures

B - 164*

C - 130

C - 164*

B/2 - 280

1200

* Ground or plinth fixing dimensions.

floor standing industrial enclosures CMO H IM EL 1/63

CMO

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY

CMO 20 888/50

Enclosure assembly of standard CMO 2000 mm high
enclosures mounted on a 200 mm high plinth. Opening
on adjoining sides leaving 45 mm to the edge around
their perimeter.
■

Plain doors with reinforcement frame.

■

4 mounting plate supports per enclosure.

■

2-part cable gland plate with gasket per enclosure.

■

5 mm double bar locking system.

■

Optional intermediate mounting plates.

1/64 HIMEL floor standing industrial enclosures CMO

CMO

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Detail of inside of enclosure assembly with mounting plates fitted.

Standard flat lock outside the gasketed area.
Various lock transformations are available.

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
Dimensions

Assembly
made
up of

Reference

1

2  1000

CMO 201010/50

2

1200 + 800

CMO 20128/50

3

3

3  800

CMO 20888/50

4

4

2  1200

CMO 201212/50

No. of
doors

Fig.

500

4

500

3

2400

500

2400

500

Height (1)
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000
2000

(1) Total height including plinth 2100 mm.

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

FIG. 2

1000

1000

FIG. 3

1200

800

800

FIG. 4

800

800

1200

1200

Intermediate mounting plate
To ensure a continuous mounting surface when
enclosures are joined together.

Reference

2000

1884

PMI 20

107

42

H

H
H - 96

Enclosure dimensions
Height
(A)

floor standing industrial enclosures CMO H IM EL 1/65

CMO

BASIC COMPONENTS

Mounting plates
Made of galvanized steel with reinforced edges. Vertical
ones are double folded for extra rigidity. Depth adjustable
every 25 mm.
To ensure a continuous mounting surface when
enclosures are joined together, use PMI intermediate
mounting plate.

10x18

ø22

800

PMOL 128

1200

1000

PMOL 1210

1200

1200

PMOL 1212

1400

600

PMOL 146

1400

800

PMOL 148

1400

1000

PMOL 1410

1400

1200

PMOL 1412

1600

600

PMOL 166

1600

800

PMOL 168

1600

1000

PMOL 1610

1600

1200

PMOL 1612

1800

600

PMOL 186

1800

800

PMOL 188

1800

1000

PMOL 1810

1800

1200

PMOL 1812

1800

1600

PMOL 1816

2000

600

PMOL 206

2000

800

PMOL 208

2000

1000

PMOL 2010

2000

1200

PMOL 2012

2000

1600

PMOL 2016

ø9

25

B-150
B-103

Ø9

50

1200

A-150

Reference

Ø22
5

PMOL 1010

23

1000

50

Width (B)

1000

A-102

Enclosures dimensions
Height (A)

11.5
23.5

Single plinths

C - 164

C - 106

B - 62

C - 145
C - 34

To fit directly to the
enclosures using the
drillings for ground fixing.
c 100 and 200 mm high.
c Front and rear access.
c Polyester epoxy resin
paint to RAL-7022.

B - 228
B - 164

200

100

B-2

1/66 HIMEL floor standing industrial enclosures CMO

Enclosure dimensions

600

300

Plinth height
= 100 mm
Reference
ZUN 63/100

600

400

ZUN 64/100

ZUN 64/200

600

500

ZUN 65/100

ZUN 65/200

600

600

ZUN 66/100

ZUN 66/200

800

300

ZUN 83/100

ZUN 83/200

800

400

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

800

500

ZUN 85/100

ZUN 85/200

800

600

ZUN 86/100

ZUN 86/200

1000

300

ZUN 103/100

ZUN 103/200

1000

400

ZUN 104/100

ZUN 104/200

1000

500

ZUN 105/100

ZUN 105/200

1200

300

ZUN 123/100

ZUN 123/200

1200

400

ZUN 124/100

ZUN 124/200

1200

500

ZUN 125/100

ZUN 125/200

1200

600

ZUN 126/100

ZUN 126/200

1600

400

ZUN 164/100

ZUN 164/200

1600

500

ZUN 165/100

ZUN 165/200

1600

600

ZUN 166/100

ZUN 166/200

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Plinth height
= 200 mm
Reference
ZUN 63/200

CMO

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Canopies
To fit directly to the
enclosures using the
same fixing holes as
those for the eyebolts.
Protected internally and
externally with polyester
epoxy resin paint to
RAL-7032 texturized.

Enclosure dimensions
Width (B)

Depth (C)

600

300

TJ 6030 CMO

Reference

600

400

TJ 6040 CMO

600

500

TJ 6050 CMO

600

600

TJ 6060 CMO

800

300

TJ 8030 CMO

800

400

TJ 8040 CMO

800

500

TJ 8050 CMO

800

600

TJ 8060 CMO

1000

300

TJ 10030 CMO

1000

400

TJ 10040 CMO

1000

500

TJ 10050 CMO

1200

300

TJ 12030 CMO

1200

400

TJ 12040 CMO

1200

500

TJ 12050 CMO

1200

600

TJ 12060 CMO

1600

400

TJ 16040 CMO

1600

500

TJ 16050 CMO

1600

600

TJ 16060 CMO

1800

500

TJ 18050 CMO

1800

600

TJ 18060 CMO

2000

500

TJ 20050 CMO

2000

600

TJ 20060 CMO

2400

500

TJ 24050 CMO

2400

600

TJ 24060 CMO

Wall fixing brackets
Set of 2 wall fixing
brackets supplied with
fixings to mount by the
enclosure back.
Ref.: FMCO.

Horizontal assembly

Vertical assembly
9

13.5

24.5
32.5

13.5

31

29

29

9

31
24.5
32.5
60

60
Fixing hole

Fixing hole

floor standing industrial enclosures CMO H IM EL 1/67

CMO

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Top and bottom adjustment rails
Folded and welded sheet
steel, galvanized.
c Enables central
positioning and fixing
of vertical rails in
1200 mm wide
enclosures.
c Screw fixing to upper
and lower parts of
enclosure. Fixing
included.
c Pack of 4 parts.

Enclosure dimensions
Depth

Reference

300

DCOL 30

400

DCOL 40

500

DCOL 50

600

DCOL 60

Plain cable gland plate
Supplied with all the
screws and elements
needed for direct fixing
to top or bottom of
enclosure.
Made of sheet steel,
epoxy polyester powder
paint finish, color grey
RAL-7032.

1/68 HIMEL floor standing industrial enclosures CMO

Enclosure dimensions (mm)
Width
(A)

Depth
(B)

Reference

600

300

ECMO 63/0

600

400

ECMO 64/0

600

500

ECMO 65/0

600

600

ECMO 66/0

800

300

ECMO 83/0

800

400

ECMO 84/0

800

500

ECMO 85/0

800

600

ECMO 86/0

1000

300

ECMO 103/0

1000

400

ECMO 104/0

1000

500

ECMO 105/0

1200

300

ECMO 123/0

1200

400

ECMO 124/0

1200

500

ECMO 125/0

1200

600

ECMO 126/0

1600

400

ECMO 164/0

1600

500

ECMO 165/0

1600

600

ECMO 166/0

CMO

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

“Brush-type” cable entry gasket
Set of 2 “brush type”
cable entry gaskets for
installation in cut-out
cable gland plates in
CMO enclosures and PK
control desks.
c Aluminium mounting.
c Clip-attached.
c 34 mm-wide black
plastic fibre “brush”.

Width
cubicle/desk

Reference

600

JPCM 6

800

JPCM 8

1000

JPCM 10

1200

JPCM 6 (1)

1600

JPCM 8 (1)

For control desks B = 1200

JPCM 12

(1) 2 sets should be used in cubicles with a width of B = 1200/1600.

Enclosures assembly
Coupling kit for coupling
2 enclosures
side-by-side. Kit
comprises a sealing
gasket and fixings.
Ref.: CUCMO.

floor standing industrial enclosures CMO H IM EL 1/69

OLN industrial

Displacement of the
mounting plate through
sliding guide.
1/70 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Cubicle suit joining
set.

cubicle system
Lifting eyebolts bolted
directly to the cubicle
structure.

Steel hinge designed for
easy door reversing.
4 points locking system to
maintain IP degree.
Polyurethane gasket.
120° door opening.

2 doors enclosures with an
internal locking system to
ensure the thightening.

Standard handle lock
system for OLN
enclosures. Different
lock combinations
available.
Closing mechanism
outside of the sealed
zone.

Cable gland plates for cable
entry through the cubicle
bottom, with neoprene gasket
ensuring good sealing.
Available with one or two
entries.

Door recentering
wedge.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/71

INSTALLATIONS SYSTEM FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
c Great strength, reliability and rigidity.
c Ergonomic design, easy installation.
c New standard versions available.
c Wide accessories ranges.
c Flexible flat pack kit delivery.

1/72 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/73

GENERAL FEATURES
System of Modular metal cubicles, consisting of a
structure of triangular closed profiles with welded top
frame and base and vertical removable bolted
profiles, giving the assembly and optimum stability
and versatility, 1.5 mm thick back and side metal
panels, 2 and a wide range of accessories.
The joining of the various parts is done in a simple
easy way through the accessories specifically
designed to simplify the operations.
Easy access to the inside of the cubicle through
removable uprights (even with the unit already
assembled) which ensure a great level of
accessibility and make working inside the cubicle
easier.
Treatment and finish:
The treatment applied before the final finish ensures
a perfect adherence of the paint, which provides a
greater protection in harsh environments and
whenever drillings are done.
Treatment description:
The steps are as follows: degreasing, phosphating,
passivating, drying, powder epoxy resin painting and
polymerization.
Final finish:
c Mounting plates (PMOL, PMP, PMI) to RAL-2000.
c Plinths (ZUN, ZUN/T, ZUN/C) to dark grey
RAL-7002.
c Rest of cubicle and components: texturized
RAL-7032.
c Other parts such as hinges, locking rods, mounting
plate supports, etc., are zinc coated bichromated.

The basic cubicle has the following elements:
c 4 vertical triangular profiles onto which the hinges
are fitted. They include a reference drilling every
100 mm which is meant to help the installer to
position the equipment.
c Welded top and base to which the vertical profiles
are bolted.
c Plain or glazed front door, except for
OLNE.../...SP.
c Handle double bar locking system with double
cylinder delivered disassembled inside the cubicle.
c Top panel with personalized strip, HIMEL tag and
clear cover.
c Back panel (two OLNE versions).
c Mounting plate fixing supports except for OLNP,
OLNM, OLNE versions.
c Slidins fixing guide for mounting plates except for
OLNP, OLNM, OLNE.
Rigidity:
The rigidity of the cubicle is ensured by the welded
top and base. The hinges are made of steel for more
rigidity and less chances to break.
Universal locking system with many distinct
possibilities including double dylinder locking and
even magnetic card in the near future.

1/74 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

LIFTING AND TRANSPORT
Whenever forming cubicle suites, the CPUT joining
set, TLN/12 eyebolts and joining pieces PUN must
be used.

FIG. 1
Directly to TLN/12 eyebolts

a

Maximum loads are shown on the right. For further
information see instructions leaflet provided with
each cubicle.

a = 45° P < 1160 kg
a = 60° P < 830 kg

P

a = 90° P < 480 kg
FIG. 2
By means of an intermediate lifting frame and TLN/12
eyebolts

a

P

a = 90° P < 1360 kg
FIG. 3
Through PUN joining pieces

a

a = 45° P < 2800 kg
a = 60° P < 2000 kg

P

a = 90° P < 1100 kg
FIG. 4
By means of an intermediate lifting frame and PUN
joining pieces

a

a = 90° P < 3000 kg

P
OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/75

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLES WITH OR WITHOUT
MOUNTING PLATE

OLN

IP55 (EN 60529)

OLN 186/60 PM

OLN 186/60

Metal cubicle consisting of a structure of triangular

Basic cubicle:

closed profiles with welded top and base and vertical

c Welded top.

removable bolted profiles, giving the assembly and

c Welded base.

optimum stability and versatility. Painted internally and
externally with polyester-epoxy resin to texturized

c Verticals uprights.
c Removable roof.
c Removable back panel.

RAL-7032.

c Plain front door with lock.

Mounting plate in galvanized steel (for models

c Mounting plate supports.

OLN...PM).

c Mounting plate supplied with OLN...PM models.
c Mounting plate sliding guide.

c Great accessibility.
c Maximum versatility for all kind of installations.
c 120° door opening.
c 4 point locking system outside the gasketed area. Several
transformation and locking possibilities.

1/76 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

c Door recentering wedge in up to 1400 mm high
enclosures.
c Two doors enclosures with internal fixing system for left
door.

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLES WITH OR WITHOUT
MOUNTING PLATE

OLN

IP55 (EN 60529)
ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
External dimensions
(mm)

Reference

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

No. of
doors

Enclosure with
mounting plate

1200

600

400

1

OLN 126/40 PM

OLN 126/40

1200

600

600

1

OLN 126/60 PM

OLN 126/60

1200

600

800

1

OLN 126/80 PM

OLN 126/80

1200

800

400

1

OLN 128/40 PM

OLN 128/40

1200

800

600

1

OLN 128/60 PM

OLN 128/60

1200

800

800

1

OLN 128/80 PM

OLN 128/80

1400

600

400

1

OLN 146/40 PM

OLN 146/40

1400

600

600

1

OLN 146/60 PM

OLN 146/60

1400

600

800

1

OLN 146/80 PM

OLN 146/80

1400

800

400

1

OLN 148/40 PM

OLN 148/40

1400

800

600

1

OLN 148/60 PM

OLN 148/60

1400

800

800

1

OLN 148/80 PM

OLN 148/80

1600

600

600

1

OLN 166/60 PM

OLN 166/60

1600

600

800

1

OLN 166/80 PM

OLN 166/80

1600

800

600

1

OLN 168/60 PM

OLN 168/60

1600

800

800

1

OLN 168/80 PM

OLN 168/80

1800

600

400

1

OLN 186/40 PM

OLN 186/40

1800

600

500

1

OLN 186/50 PM

OLN 186/50

1800

600

600

1

OLN 186/60 PM

OLN 186/60

1800

600

800

1

OLN 186/80 PM

OLN 186/80

1800

800

400

1

OLN 188/40 PM

OLN 188/40

1800

800

500

1

OLN 188/50 PM

OLN 188/50

1800

800

600

1

OLN 188/60 PM

OLN 188/60

1800

1000

400

1

OLN 1810/40 PM

OLN 1810/40

1800

1000

400

2

OLN 1810/40/2P-PM

OLN 1810/40/2P

1800

1000

500

1

OLN 1810/50 PM

OLN 1810/50

1800

1000

500

2

OLN 1810/50/2P-PM

OLN 1810/50/2P

1800

1000

600

1

OLN 1810/60 PM

OLN 1810/60

1800

1000

600

2

OLN 1810/60/2P-PM

OLN 1810/60/2P

1800

1200

400

2

OLN 1812/40/2P-PM

OLN 1812/40/2P

1800

1200

500

2

OLN 1812/50/2P-PM

OLN 1812/50/2P

1800

1200

600

2

OLN 1812/60/2P-PM

OLN 1812/60/2P

2000

300

500

1

-

OLN 203/50* (1)

2000

300

600

1

-

OLN 203/60*

2000

300

800

1

-

OLN 203/80*

2000

400

500

1

-

OLN 204/50*

2000

400

600

1

-

2000

600

400

1

OLN 206/40 PM

OLN 206/40

2000

600

500

1

OLN 206/50 PM

OLN 206/50

2000

600

600

1

OLN 206/60 PM

OLN 206/60

2000

600

800

1

OLN 206/80 PM

OLN 206/80

2000

800

400

1

OLN 208/40 PM

OLN 208/40

2000

800

500

1

OLN 208/50 PM

OLN 208/50

2000

800

600

1

OLN 208/60 PM

OLN 208/60

2000

800

800

1

OLN 208/80 PM

OLN 208/80

2000

1000

400

1

OLN 2010/40 PM

OLN 2010/40

2000

1000

400

2

OLN 2010/40/2P-PM

OLN 2010/40/2P

2000

1000

500

1

OLN 2010/50 PM

OLN 2010/50

2000

1000

500

2

OLN 2010/50/2P-PM

OLN 2010/50/2P

2000

1000

600

1

OLN 2010/60 PM

OLN 2010/60

2000

1000

600

2

OLN 2010/60/2P-PM

OLN 2010/60/2P

2000

1000

800

1

OLN 2010/80 PM

OLN 2010/80

2000

1000

800

2

OLN 2010/80/2P-PM

OLN 2010/80/2P

2000

1200

400

2

OLN 2012/40/2P-PM

OLN 2012/40/2P

2000

1200

500

2

OLN 2012/50/2P-PM

OLN 2012/50/2P

2000

1200

600

2

OLN 2012/60/2P-PM

OLN 2012/60/2P

2000

1200

800

2

OLN 2012/80/2P-PM

OLN 2012/80/2P

2200

600

600

1

OLN 226/60 PM

OLN 226/60

2200

600

800

1

OLN 226/80 PM

OLN 226/80

2200

800

600

1

OLN 228/60 PM

OLN 228/60

2200

800

800

1

OLN 228/80 PM

OLN 228/80

2200

1000

600

1

OLN 2210/60 PM

OLN 2210/60

2200

1000

800

1

OLN 2210/80 PM

OLN 2210/80

2200

1000

800

2

OLN 2210/80/2P-PM

OLN 2210/80/2P

2200

1200

600

2

OLN 2212/60/2P-PM

OLN 2212/60/2P

2200

1200

800

2

OLN 2212/80/2P-PM

OLN 2212/80/2P

Enclosure without
mounting plate

OLN 204/60*

* Side busbar chambers.
(1) CE busbar chamber + SEP busbar supports can not be mounted.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/77

OLN.../... KT

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLES
WITH GLAZED DOOR
IP55 (EN 60529)

OLN 186/60 KT
Metal cubicle consisting of a structure of triangular

Basic cubicle:

closed profiles with welded top and base and vertical

c Welded top.

removable bolted profiles, giving the assembly and
optimum stability and versatility. Painted internally and

c Welded base.
c Vertical uprights.
c Removable roof.

externally with polyester-epoxy resin to texturized

c Removable back panel.

RAL-7032.

c Front glazed door with lock.
c Mounting plate supports.

c Great accessibility.
c Maximum versatility for all kind of installations.
c 120° door opening.
c 4 point locking system outside the gasketed area. Several
transformation and locking possibilities.
c Templated glass glazed front door.

1/78 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

c Mounting plate sliding guide.

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLES
WITH GLAZED DOOR

OLN.../... KT

IP55 (EN 60529)

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
External dimensions
(mm)
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

No. of
doors

1200

600

400

1

OLN 126/40 KT

1200

600

600

1

OLN 126/60 KT

1200

600

800

1

OLN 126/80 KT

1200

800

400

1

OLN 128/40 KT

1200

800

600

1

OLN 128/60 KT

1200

800

800

1

OLN 128/80 KT

1400

600

400

1

OLN 146/40 KT

1400

600

600

1

OLN 146/60 KT

1400

600

800

1

OLN 146/80 KT

1400

800

400

1

OLN 148/40 KT

1400

800

600

1

OLN 148/60 KT

1400

800

800

1

OLN 148/80 KT

1600

600

600

1

OLN 166/60 KT

1600

600

800

1

OLN 166/80 KT

1600

800

600

1

OLN 168/60 KT

1600

800

800

1

OLN 168/80 KT

1800

600

400

1

OLN 186/40 KT

1800

600

500

1

OLN 186/50 KT

1800

600

600

1

OLN 186/60 KT

1800

600

800

1

OLN 186/80 KT

1800

800

400

1

OLN 188/40 KT

1800

800

500

1

OLN 188/50 KT

1800

800

600

1

OLN 188/60 KT

1800

1000

400

1

OLN 1810/40 KT

1800

1000

500

1

OLN 1810/50 KT

1800

1000

600

1

OLN 1810/60 KT

2000

600

400

1

OLN 206/40 KT

2000

600

500

1

OLN 206/50 KT

2000

600

600

1

OLN 206/60 KT

2000

600

800

1

OLN 206/80 KT

2000

800

400

1

OLN 208/40 KT

2000

800

500

1

OLN 208/50 KT

2000

800

600

1

OLN 208/60 KT

2000

800

800

1

OLN 208/80 KT

2000

1000

400

1

OLN 2010/40 KT

2000

1000

500

1

OLN 2010/50 KT

2000

1000

600

1

OLN 2010/60 KT

2000

1000

800

1

OLN 2010/80 KT

2200

600

600

1

OLN 226/60 KT

2200

600

800

1

OLN 226/80 KT

2200

800

600

1

OLN 228/60 KT

2200

800

800

1

OLN 228/80 KT

2200

1000

600

1

OLN 2210/60 KT

2200

1000

800

1

OLN 2210/80 KT

Enclosure with glazed door

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/79

FLAT PACK INDUSTRIAL
CUBICLE SYSTEM

OLN

IP55 (EN 60529)

Metal cubicle consisting of a structure of triangular

Basic cubicle:

closed profiles with welded top and base and vertical

OLMV:

removable bolted profiles, giving the assembly and
optimum stability and versatility. Painted internally and
externally with polyester-epoxy resin to texturized

c Vertical uprights including hinges, locking elements and
side fixing blocks already fitted.
OLSI:

c Great accessibility.

c
c
c
c

c Maximum versatility for all kind of installations.

OLPP:

RAL-7032.

c 120° door opening.
c 4 point locking system outside the gasketed area. Several
transformation and locking possibilities.
c Two doors enclosures with internal fixing system
for left door.
c The flat pack kit version includes all the necessary

Welded top with roof.
Welded base.
Mounting plate sliding guide.
Mounting plate fixing supports.

c Plain door with lock.
c Plain back panel.
OLPU:

c Plain door with lock and internal handle for two doors
models.
OLPUKT:

elements to form the basic cubicle. These elements can

c Glazed door with lock.

be obtained through independent references.

OLPO:

c The flat pack kit is supplied partly assembled, which
reduces greatly the mounting time. It also saves volume
substantially, making storage and transport cheaper.

c Plain back panel.
ADPUPOL:

c Back door adaptor.
AD2PUPOL:

c Two back door adaptor.
EMBT:

c Roof panel.

1/80 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

FLAT PACK INDUSTRIAL
CUBICLE SYSTEM

OLN

IP55 (EN 60529)

Placing and fixing of the 4 vertical uprights to
the top and base corner pieces.

Door mounting by inserting pins in
to hinges.

Placing of back panel throught self-centreing
hanger provided and screwing.

Detail of self-centering hanger.

Roof panel
c To be used for lining an
enclosure with rear
door.
c RAL-7022.
c Supplied with
mounting clips.

Reference

Width enclosure (mm)

EMBT40

400

EMBT60

600

EMBT80

800

EMBT100

1000

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/81

FLAT PACK INDUSTRIAL
CUBICLE SYSTEM

OLN

IP55 (EN 60529)
ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES

External dimensions
(mm)

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

1200

600

400

1

OLMV 12

OLSI 64

1200

600

600

1

OLMV 12

OLSI 66

1200

600

800

1

OLMV 12

OLSI 68

1200

800

400

1

OLMV 12

OLSI 84

1200

800

600

1

OLMV 12

OLSI 86

1200

800

800

1

OLMV 12

OLSI 88

1400

600

400

1

OLMV 14

OLSI 64

1400

600

600

1

OLMV 14

OLSI 66

1400

600

800

1

OLMV 14

OLSI 68

1400

800

400

1

OLMV 14

OLSI 84

1400

800

600

1

OLMV 14

OLSI 86

1400

800

800

1

OLMV 14

OLSI 88

1600

600

600

1

OLMV 16

OLSI 66

1600

600

800

1

OLMV 16

OLSI 68

1600

800

600

1

OLMV 16

OLSI 86

1600

800

800

1

OLMV 16

OLSI 88

1800

600

400

1

OLMV 18

OLSI 64

1800

600

500

1

OLMV 18

OLSI 65

1800

600

600

1

OLMV 18

OLSI 66

1800

600

800

1

OLMV 18

OLSI 68

1800

800

400

1

OLMV 18

OLSI 84

1800

800

500

1

OLMV 18

OLSI 85

1800

800

600

1

OLMV 18

OLSI 86

1800

1000

400

2

OLMV 18

OLSI 104

1800

1000

400

1

OLMV 18/2P

OLSI 104

1800

1000

500

2

OLMV 18

OLSI 105

1800

1000

500

1

OLMV 18/2P

OLSI 105

1800

1000

600

2

OLMV 18

OLSI 106

1800

1000

600

2

OLMV 18/2P

OLSI 106

1800

1200

400

2

OLMV 18/2P

OLSI 124

1800

1200

500

2

OLMV 18/2P

OLSI 125

1800

1200

600

1

OLMV 18/2P

OLSI 126

2000

400

500

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 45

2000

400

600

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 46

2000

600

400

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 64

2000

600

500

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 65

2000

600

600

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 66

2000

600

800

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 68

2000

800

400

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 84

2000

800

500

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 85

2000

800

600

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 86

2000

800

800

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 88

2000

1000

400

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 104

2000

1000

400

2

OLMV 20/2P

OLSI 104

2000

1000

500

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 105

2000

1000

500

2

OLMV 20/2P

OLSI 105

2000

1000

600

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 106

2000

1000

600

2

OLMV 20/2P

OLSI 106

2000

1000

800

1

OLMV 20

OLSI 108

2000

1000

800

2

OLMV 20/2P

OLSI 108

2000

1200

400

2

OLMV 20/2P

OLSI 124

2000

1200

500

2

OLMV 20/2P

OLSI 125

2000

1200

600

2

OLMV 20/2P

OLSI 126

2000

1200

800

2

OLMV 20/2P

OLSI 128

2200

600

600

1

OLMV 22

OLSI 66

2200

600

800

1

OLMV 22

OLSI 68

2200

800

600

1

OLMV 22

OLSI 86

2200

800

800

1

OLMV 22

OLSI 88

2200

1000

600

1

OLMV 22

OLSI 106

2200

1000

800

1

OLMV 22

OLSI 108

2200

1000

800

2

OLMV 22/2P

OLSI 108

2200

1200

600

2

OLMV 22/2P

OLSI 126

2200

1200

800

2

OLMV 22/2P

OLSI 128

1/82 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

No. of
doors

Vertical uprights

Top and base

FLAT PACK INDUSTRIAL
CUBICLE SYSTEM

OLN

IP55 (EN 60529)

Back panel and door

Back panel

Plain door

Glazed door

OLPP 126

OLPO 126

OLPU 126

OLPU 126KT

OLPP 126

OLPO 126

OLPU 126

OLPU 126KT

OLPP 126

OLPO 126

OLPU 126

OLPU 126KT

OLPP 128

OLPO 128

OLPU 128

OLPU 128KT

OLPP 128

OLPO 128

OLPU 128

OLPU 128KT

OLPP 128

OLPO 128

OLPU 128

OLPU 128KT

OLPP 146

OLPO 146

OLPU 146

OLPU 146KT

OLPP 146

OLPO 146

OLPU 146

OLPU 146KT

OLPP 146

OLPO 146

OLPU 146

OLPU 146KT

OLPP 148

OLPO 148

OLPU 148

OLPU 148KT

OLPP 148

OLPO 148

OLPU 148

OLPU 148KT

OLPP 148

OLPO 148

OLPU 148

OLPU 148KT

OLPP 166

OLPO 166

OLPU 166

OLPU 166KT

OLPP 166

OLPO 166

OLPU 166

OLPU 166KT

OLPP 168

OLPO 168

OLPU 168

OLPU 168KT

OLPP 168

OLPO 168

OLPU 168

OLPU 168KT

OLPP 186

OLPO 186

OLPU 186

OLPU 186KT

OLPP 186

OLPO 186

OLPU 186

OLPU 186KT

OLPP 186

OLPO 186

OLPU 186

OLPU 186KT

OLPP 186

OLPO 186

OLPU 186

OLPU 186KT

OLPP 188

OLPO 188

OLPU 188

OLPU 188KT

OLPP 188

OLPO 188

OLPU 188

OLPU 188KT

OLPP 188

OLPO 188

OLPU 188

OLPU 188KT

OLPP 1810

OLPO 1810

OLPU 1810

OLPU 1810KT

OLPP 1810/2P

OLPO 1810

OLPU 1810/2

OLPP 1810

OLPO 1810

OLPU 1810

OLPP 1810/2P

OLPO 1810

OLPU 1810/2

OLPP 1810

OLPO 1810

OLPU 1810

OLPP 1810/2P

OLPO 1810

OLPU 1810/2

-

OLPP 1812/2P

OLPO 1812

OLPU 1812/2

-

OLPP 1812/2P

OLPO 1812

OLPU 1812/2

-

OLPP 1812/2P

OLPO 1812

OLPU 1812/2

OLPP 204

OLPO 204

OLPU 204

OLPU 204KT

OLPP 204

OLPO 204

OLPU 204

OLPU 204KT

OLPP 206

OLPO 206

OLPU 206

OLPU 206KT

OLPP 206

OLPO 206

OLPU 206

OLPU 206KT

OLPP 206

OLPO 206

OLPU 206

OLPU 206KT

OLPP 206

OLPO 206

OLPU 206

OLPU 206KT

OLPP 208

OLPO 208

OLPU 208

OLPU 208KT

OLPP 208

OLPO 208

OLPU 208

OLPU 208KT

OLPP 208

OLPO 208

OLPU 208

OLPU 208KT

OLPP 208

OLPO 208

OLPU 208

OLPU 208KT

OLPP 2010

OLPO 2010

OLPU 2010

OLPU 2010KT

OLPP 2010/2P

OLPO 2010

OLPU 2010/2

OLPP 2010

OLPO 2010

OLPU 2010

OLPP 2010/2P

OLPO 2010

OLPU 2010/2

OLPP 2010

OLPO 2010

OLPU 2010

OLPP 2010/2P

OLPO 2010

OLPU 2010/2

OLPP 2010

OLPO 2010

OLPU 2010

OLPP 2010/2P

OLPO 2010

OLPU 2010/2

-

OLPP 2012/2P

OLPO 2012

OLPU 2012/2

-

OLPP 2012/2P

OLPO 2012

OLPU 2012/2

-

OLPP 2012/2P

OLPO 2012

OLPU 2012/2

-

OLPP 2012/2P

OLPO 2012

OLPU 2012/2

OLPP 226

OLPO 226

OLPU 226

OLPU 226KT

OLPP 226

OLPO 226

OLPU 226

OLPU 226KT

OLPP 228

OLPO 228

OLPU 228

OLPU 228KT

OLPP 228

OLPO 228

OLPU 228

OLPU 228KT

OLPP 2210

OLPO 2210

OLPU 2210

OLPU 2210KT
OLPU 2210KT

OLPU 1810KT
OLPU 1810KT

-

OLPU 2010KT
OLPU 2010KT
OLPU 2010KT

-

OLPP 2210

OLPO 2210

OLPU 2210

OLPP 2210/2P

OLPO 2210

OLPU 2210/2

-

OLPP 2212/2P

OLPO 2212

OLPU 2212/2

-

OLPP 2212/2P

OLPO 2212

OLPU 2212/2

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/83

OLN

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLE SYSTEM
IP55 (EN 60529)

Dimensions (mm)

A-90

A-90

FIG. 1

■ 18 x 18

12.5

12.5

A-150

A-150

A + 11

■ 18 x 18

A

∅5

25

A-150

∅5

A

∅ 10

A-150

∅ 10

C-90
min. 80
B-90

B-90

B-150

B-150

B/2-150

C + 16
C + 60

B-169*

B-247
C-110

B-110

C-164*

C

C-110

B-247*

1
B-110
90

∅12.5

1/84 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

∅12.5

B

B

* Ground or plinth fixing dimensions.

C

24

B-150

B-169*

C-164*

max. C-90

1

Central crossbar for the 1200 width enclosure.

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLE SYSTEM
WITH GLAZED DOOR

OLN.../... KT

IP55 (EN 60529)

Dimensions (mm)

A-262

A-90

FIG. 1

B-205
25

∅ 10
∅5

A + 11

A

12.5

A-150

A-150

■ 18 x 18

C-90
min. 80
max. C-90

B-90

B-150

C + 16
C + 60

24

B-150

B-169*

C

C-110

C-164*

B-247*

B-110
∅ 12.5

B

* Ground or plinth fixing dimensions.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/85

OLN

BASIC COMPONENTS

Mounting plates
Made of sheet steel with
reinforced edges. Vertical
ones are double folded
for extra rigidity. Painted
to orange RAL-2000.
Depth adjustable every
25 mm. Easy mounting
by sliding it through the
bottom guides.
Whenever mounting
plates for suites of two or
more cubicles are
required, a continuous
mounting surface can be
obtained by means of
intermediate mounting
plates.
c Max. load 600 kg (with
plate right at the back)
and 500 kg if placed in
the middle.

Ø9

Ø22
5

23

50

A-150

A-102

10x18

ø22

50

ø9

B-150

25

11.5
23.5

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Reference

1000

1000

PMOL 1010

1200

500

PMOL 125*

1200

600

PMOL 126

1200

800

PMOL 128

1200

1000

PMOL 1210

1200

1200

PMOL 1212

1400

500

PMOL 145*

1400

600

PMOL 146

1400

800

PMOL 148

1400

1000

PMOL 1410

1400

1200

PMOL 1412

1600

500

PMOL 165*

1600

600

PMOL 166

1600

800

PMOL 168

1600

1000

PMOL 1610

1600

1200

PMOL 1612

1800

500

PMOL 185*

1800

600

PMOL 186

1800

800

PMOL 188

1800

1000

PMOL 1810

1800

1200

PMOL 1812

1800

1600

PMOL 1816

2000

500

PMOL 205*

2000

600

PMOL 206

2000

800

PMOL 208

2000

1000

PMOL 2010

2000

1200

PMOL 2012

2000

1600

PMOL 2016

2200

500

PMOL 225*

2200

600

PMOL 226

2200

800

PMOL 228

2200

1000

PMOL 2210

2200

1200

PMOL 2212

* Plates designed to be joined depth-wise in the enclosure.

B-103

Intermediate mounting plate fixing
Set of 10 fixings.
Intermediate fixings for
mounting plate
assembled at the back
enclosure.
Ref.: FIPMOL.

1/86 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Cubicle dimensions

OLN

BASIC COMPONENTS

Cable gland plate
Cable gland plates for
cable entry through the
cubicle bottom, with
neoprene gasket
ensuring good sealing.
Available with one or
two entries.

Size enclosures
Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Plain

With one entry

With two entries

400

500

ECON 45/0

ECON 45/1

400

600

ECON 46/0

ECON 46/1

600

400

ECON 64/0

ECON 64/1

600

500

ECON 65/0

ECON 65/1

600

600

ECON 66/0

ECON 66/1

ECON 66/2

600

800

ECON 68/0

ECON 68/1

ECON 68/2

800

400

ECON 84/0

ECON 84/1

800

500

ECON 85/0

ECON 85/1

800

600

ECON 86/0

ECON 86/1

ECON 86/2

800

800

ECON 88/0

ECON 88/1

ECON 88/2

1000

400

ECON 104/0

ECON 104/1

1000

500

ECON 105/0

ECON 105/1

1000

600

ECON 106/0

ECON 106/1

ECON 106/2

1000

800

ECON 108/0

ECON 108/1

ECON 108/2

1200

400

ECON 124/0

ECON 124/1

1200

500

ECON 125/0

ECON 125/1

1200

600

ECON 126/0

ECON 126/1

ECON 126/2

1200

800

ECON 128/0

ECON 128/1

ECON 128/2

Adjustment possibilities
of cable gland plates

ECON 46/2

2 part cable gland
plate
400-500-600

800

600

800

80

a

a

C

a

a

a

a

80

Depth (C)

3 part cable gland
plate

a: 25 to 50 mm

“Brush-type” cable entry gasket
Set of 2 “brush type”
cable entry gaskets for
installation in cut-out
cable gland plates in
ECON.
c Clip-attached.
c Black plastic fibre
“brush”.

Width
cubicle/desk

Reference

400

JPON 4

600/1200*

JPON 6

800

JPON 8

1000

JPON 10

*For 1200 width enclosures, use 2 references.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/87

OLN

BASIC COMPONENTS

Internal or external fixing side panel
Set of 2 side panels for
fitting inside or outside
the enclosure.
Manufactured in steel
sheet and painted with
textured grey RAL-7032
polyester epoxy resin
paint.
c Fully gasketed,
includes a all the
necessary screw
fittings.

Cut-out side panels
for air-conditioning
installations
(see page 5/54)

Enclosure dimensions (mm)

Reference

Height

Depth

External
fitting

Internal
fitting

1200

400

2 PLOL 124

2 PLIOL 124

1200

600

2 PLOL 126

2 PLIOL 126

1200

800

2 PLOL 128

2 PLIOL 128

1400

400

2 PLOL 144

2 PLIOL 144

1400

600

2 PLOL 146

2 PLIOL 146

1400

800

2 PLOL 148

2 PLIOL 148

1600

600

2 PLOL 166

2 PLIOL 166

1600

800

2 PLOL 168

2 PLIOL 168

1800

400

2 PLOL 184

2 PLIOL 184

1800

500

2 PLOL 185

2 PLIOL 185

1800

600

2 PLOL 186

2 PLIOL 186

1800

800

2 PLOL 188

2 PLIOL 188

2000

400

2 PLOL 204

2 PLIOL 204

2000

500

2 PLOL 205

2 PLIOL 205

2000

600

2 PLOL 206

2 PLIOL 206

2000

800

2 PLOL 208

2 PLIOL 208

2200

600

2 PLOL 226

2 PLIOL 226

2200

800

2 PLOL 228

2 PLIOL 228

Enclosure dimensions (mm)

Height

Depth

Reference

1800

600

2 PLOL 186 CLM

1800

800

2 PLOL 188 CLM

2000

600

2 PLOL 206 CLM

2000

800

2 PLOL 208 CLM

Quick fitting side panel
Set of two side panels for
fitting to the outside of
the enclosure by double
bar locks. Manufactured
in sheet steel and
painted with textured
grey RAL-7032 polyester
epoxy resin paint.
c Without sealing
gasket.

1/88 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Enclosure dimensions (mm)

Height

Depth

Reference

1200

600

2 PLROL 126

1200

800

2 PLROL 128

1400

600

2 PLROL 146

1400

800

2 PLROL 148

1600

600

2 PLROL 166

1600

800

2 PLROL 168

1800

600

2 PLROL 186

1800

800

2 PLROL 188

2000

600

2 PLROL 206

2000

800

2 PLROL 208

OLN

BASIC COMPONENTS

Internal fixing back panel
Back panel fixed to the
cubicle from the inside.
Made of sheet steel and
painted with polyesterepoxy resin to texturized
RAL-7032.
c Supplied with foamed
gasket and fixing
accessories.

Cubicle dimensions (mm)

Height

Width

Reference

1200

600

PPION 126

1200

800

PPION 128

1400

600

PPION 146

1400

800

PPION 148

1600

600

PPION 166

1600

800

PPION 168

1800

600

PPION 186

1800

800

PPION 188

1800

1000

PPION 1810

1800

1200

PPION 1812

2000

400

PPION 204

2000

600

PPION 206

2000

800

PPION 208

2000

1000

PPION 2010

2000

1200

PPION 2012

2200

600

PPION 226

2200

800

PPION 228

2200

1000

PPION 2210

2200

1200

PPION 2212

Single plinths
To fit directly to the
cubicles using the
drillings for ground fixing.
c 100 and 200 mm high.
c Front and rear access.
c Can be joined side to
side in cubicle suites.
c Dark grey to RAL-7022.

Cubicle dimensions (mm)
Height

Depth
(C)

100 mm

200 mm

300

500

ZUN 35/100

ZUN 35/200

300

600

ZUN 36/100

ZUN 36/200

300

800

ZUN 38/100

ZUN 38/200

400

500

ZUN 45/100

ZUN 45/200

400

600

ZUN 46/100

ZUN 46/200

600

300

ZUN 63/100

ZUN 63/200

600

400

ZUN 64/100

ZUN 64/200

600

500

ZUN 65/100

ZUN 65/200

600

600

ZUN 66/100

ZUN 66/200

600

800

ZUN 68/100

ZUN 68/200

800

300

ZUN 83/100

ZUN 83/200

800

400

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

800

500

ZUN 85/100

ZUN 85/200

800

600

ZUN 86/100

ZUN 86/200

800

800

ZUN 88/100

ZUN 88/200

1000

300

ZUN 103/100

ZUN 103/200

1000

400

ZUN 104/100

ZUN 104/200

1000

500

ZUN 105/100

ZUN 105/200

1000

600

ZUN 106/100

ZUN 106/200

1000

800

ZUN 108/100

ZUN 108/200

1200

300

ZUN 123/100

ZUN 123/200

1200

400

ZUN 124/100

ZUN 124/200

1200

500

ZUN 125/100

ZUN 125/200

1200

600

ZUN 126/100

ZUN 126/200

B - 228

1200

800

ZUN 128/100

ZUN 128/200

B - 164

1600

400

ZUN 164/100

ZUN 164/200

B-2

1600

500

ZUN 165/100

ZUN 165/200

1600

600

ZUN 166/100

ZUN 166/200

100/200

Width
(B)

C - 164

C - 106

B - 62

C - 145
C - 34

C-34

*Floor fixings.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/89

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

CUBICLE SUITES

The constructive design of the OLN cubicles is
particularly meant to form suites. The quick easy
joining, both in width and depth and the specific
elements for making assemblies and transport them
allow for the most suitable solution to every electrical
installation.

Cubicle suite joining set
Any enclosure model can
be joined by forming
suites with the cubicle
joining set.
Reference: CPUT.

Reinforced joining part
For reinforcing the join
vetween cubicles.
Reference: PUT.

1/90 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Outside cubicle suite joining set
Used to attach cubicles
from the outside
(if internal joining
is impossible).
Reference: CUNE.

Inside cubicle suite joining set
Set of 4 brackets to join
OLN enclosures as a
CPUT complement when
the angles of the
enclosure are fitted with
accessories (as 19"
swing rack or UNIDIS
chassis) or as other
joining system
reinforcement.
Ref.: CSUT.

Lifting brackets
Set of 2 lifting brackets.
Attaches across two
adjacent enclosures,
giving extra rigidity for
lifting, using the same
holes as for the lifting
eyes. Guarantee rigidity
of the assembly on lifting.
For details of enclosure
slinging see page 1/75.
Reference: PUN.

Intermediate mounting plate

Reference
H

1200

1084

PMI 12

1400

1284

PMI 14

1600

1484

PMI 16

1800

1684

PMI 18

2000

1884

PMI 20

2200

2084

PMI 22

H
H - 96

107

42

Cubicle measurements
Height (A)

Galvanised sheet steel
intermediate plate to
provide a continuous
mounting plate surface
when joining cubicles.
If the PMOL mounting
plates are located in the
bottom of the cubicles,
the vertical profiles of the
actual cubicle structure
are flush with the plates,
acting as an intermediate
plate. In this case it
would not be possible (or
necessary) to install the
intermediate plate.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/91

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Accessories for joining cubicles
Connections for machines, robot outputs, interconnections between cubicles... they all need a partition that makes it possible to assemble
with Harting-type industrial plug sockets.
c This new partition is adapted to OLN enclosures by being attached to the frame structure.
c The sheets available in different dimensions are fitted with a watertight gasket, and feature numerous drillings.
c Unused drill holes can be covered by blankers.
c There are 3 reducer models available for adaptation to the different types of connectors.
c Easy-to-fit sockets.
c Fully watertight.

Connector separation sheets
c Galvanised sheet steel.
c Sheets wupplied with
gaskets and fixing
screws.

CONNECTOR SEPARATION SHEETS
Enclosure dimensions (mm)

Plates
reference

No. of
drillings

500

CHSC185

36

600

CHSC186

45

2000

500

CHSC205

40

2000

600

CHSC206

50

Height

Depth

1800
1800

Blank plates
c Fully gasketed
galvanised sheet steel
15/10 mm sheet steel.

BLANK PLATES
External dimensions (mm)
Height

Width

150

55

Ref. branker
OBTC24

Reducers
c Fully gasketed
galvanised sheet steel
15/10 mm sheet steel.

REDUCERS
Model

Reference
reducer

External
dimensions (mm)

Opening
socket

24/6

REDC24/6

150  55

52  36

24/10

REDC24/10

150  55

64  36

24/16

REDC24/16

150  55

86  36

Cubicle separation sheet
To obtain separate
compartments in cubicle
joining suites. Made of
textured grey sheet steel
painted to RAL-7032.

Cubicle measurements
Reference

Height (A)

Depth (C)

1600

600

CHS 166

1600

800

CHS 168

1800

400

CHS 184

1800

500

CHS 185

1800

600

CHS 186

2000

400

CHS 204

2000

500

CHS 205

2000

600

CHS 206

2000

800

CHS 208

2200

600

CHS 226

2200

800

CHS 228

Top dust protector
c Colour RAL-7032.
c Where joining cubicles.

1/92 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Enclosure
depth (mm)

Reference

400

GPON40

500

GPON50

600

GPON60

800

GPON80

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Suite plinths
Made of 3 mm thick “U”
profiles for cubicle suites
up to 3 m wide. Grey
colour to RAL-7022.
c Possibility of side
joining for wider suites.
c 100 y 200 mm heights.
Reference: ZUN/C.

B and C = cubicle nominal dimensions

Transport plinths
Made of 3 mm thick “U”
profile (100 mm high).
Supplied with or without
painting (to RAL-7022).
c Holes for lifting bars
provided
Reference: ZUN/T.
See “Lifting and
transport” on page 1/75.

B and C = cubicle nominal dimensions

Modular plinth for joining cubicles
Set of two “U” profiles
and one or two sets of
“U” side profiles (for
100 or 200 mm high),
1.5 mm thick. Painted
RAL-7022.

ZUN/CD100/2L...

Enclosure dimensions
Total depth

Plinth height*

500

100/200

ZUN/CD100/2L5

600

100/200

ZUN/CD100/2L6

800

100/200

ZUN/CD100/2L8

Medidas armario

ZUN/CD...FP...

* For 200 mm high plinths
2 sets must be ordered.

Reference

Reference

Total width

Plinth height

1600

100

ZUN/CD100 FP16

1800

100

ZUN/CD100 FP18

2400

100

ZUN/CD100 FP24

1600

200

ZUN/CD200 FP16

1800

200

ZUN/CD200 FP18

2400

200

ZUN/CD200 FP24

POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS
Total plinth width

Enclosures width

1600

600 + 100
800 + 800
1000 + 600

1800

600 + 600 + 600
600 + 1200
800 + 1000
1000 + 800
1200 + 600

2400

600 + 600 + 600 + 600
600 + 600 + 1200
600 + 800 + 1000
600 + 1200 + 600
800 + 600 + 1000
800 + 800 + 800
800 + 1000 + 600
1000 + 600 + 800
1200 + 600 + 600
1200 + 1200

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/93

OLNP

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

PC APPLICATION

OLNP 186/60 + ZUN 66/100
Metal cubicle consisting of a structure of triangular
closed profiles with welded top and base and vertical
removable bolted profiles, giving the assembly and
optimum stability and versatility. Painted internally and
externally with polyester-epoxy resin to texturized
RAL-7032.
c
c
c
c

Great accessibility.
Maximum versatility for all kind of installations.
120° door opening.
4 point locking system outside the gasketed area. Several
transformation and locking possibilities.

c Glazed templated glass door with sliding guides.

1/94 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Basic cubicle:

c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c

Welded top.
Welded base.
Vertical uprights.
Removable roof.
Removable side panels.
Top front glazed door.
Keyboard panel.
Plain bottom door.
Monitor supporting tray.
Keyboard sliding tray.
Back door without door reinforcement frame.
2 part cable gland plate.

OLNP

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Detail of glazed door for 14” or 17” monitor.

Optional printer tray support.

REFERENCES AND DIMENSIONS

Compartment with adjustable tray for
keyboard and mouse.

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

External dimensions
(mm)

Fixed tray 510  390 mm

BFOL64

Adjustable tray 510  390 mm

BDOL64

Tray fixing crossbeams for 600 mm deep cubicles

TML40/60

Tray fixing crossbeams for 800 mm deep cubicles

TML40/80

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Reference

1600

600

600

OLNP 166/60

1600

600

800

OLNP 166/80

For 800 mm depth enclosures you should use 2 TML 40/80 cross rails

SIMPA 4

1800

600

600

OLNP 186/60

A3 printer tray

SIMPA 3

1800

600

800

OLNP 186/80

Line protection switch socket block

ZDBE6P

Switch socket block

ZDBE6I

A4 printer tray

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

(B) 600

1803.5

1500

747

900

747

1300

1603.5

195

195

195

590

285

375

590

285

375

(B) 600

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/95

OLNM

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLE SYSTEM FOR MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE

OLNM 208/60

OLNM 206/60 + PPMC 2060 N + PPMC 4060 N KT +
PPMC 2060 N + PPMC 4060 N + PPMC 6060 N
Metal cubicle consisting of a structure of triangular

c Great accessibility.

closed profiles with welded top and base and vertical

c Maximum versatility for all kind off installations.

removable bolted profiles, giving the assembly and
optimum stability and versatility. Painted internally and
externally with polyester-epoxy resin to texturized

Basic cubicle:
c Welded top.
c Welded base.

RAL-7032.

c Vertical uprights.

The OLNM system allows to combine partial doors

c Removable roof.

from 200 mm in height up to 1000 mm (multiples of

c Removable back panel.

200 mm) at the front. Also, 19” racks, depth adjustable
mounting plates, back locks and front and rear side
covers. Electrical feeding can be done through the top,
the base or sides by means of the busbar
compartments. This system offers a quick personalized
installation.

1/96 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

c Modular top and bottom front panels.

OLNM

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

M.8

25
25

10
0

25

25
11 x 13

∅5

45

Profile structure with triangular profile drilled
1113 with 25 mm centres and reference Ø 5 mm
hole every 100 mm.

Detail of modular top front panel.

ENCLOSURES, DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES
External dimensions
(mm)
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Reference

2000

600

600

OLNM 206/60

2000

600

800

OLNM 206/80

2000

800

600

OLNM 208/60

2000

800

800

OLNM 208/80

Detail of compartments and partial doors of
OLNM system.

Dimensions (mm)

A = 2000

1800

FIG. 1

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/97

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Intermediate crossbar
Fitting between partial
doors or between doors
and control desks.
Painted to RAL-7032.

Width

Reference

600

TIMC 60 N

800

TIMC 80 N

Partial doors
Plain door with double
bar lock
. Various
locking possibilities
available.
Painted to RAL-7032.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Width

Height

600

Reference

200

PPMC 2060 N

400

PPMC 4060 N

600

PPMC 6060 N

800

PPMC 8060 N

1000

PPMC 10060 N

400

PPMC 4080 N

600

PPMC 6080 N

800

PPMC 8080 N

1000

PPMC 10080 N

800

KT glazed partial doors
Transparent templated
glass door
.
Various locking
possibilities available.
Painted to RAL-7032.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Width

Height

600

200

PPMC 2060 N KT

400

PPMC 4060 N KT

600

PPMC 6060 N KT

800

PPMC 8060 N KT

1000

PPMC 10060 N KT

400

PPMC 4080 N KT

600

PPMC 6080 N KT

800

PPMC 8080 N KT

1000

PPMC 10080 N KT

800

Drilling template
For partial door fixing to
enclosure front.
Reference: PLTON.

1/98 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Reference

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Side covers
Closing side covers to
form compartments.

Height

Depth

Reference

200

600

2TLMC 2060

200

800

2TLMC 2080

400

600

2TLMC 4060

400

800

2TLMC 4080

Rail guides
For adjustment of
mounting plate.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)

Reference

600

4DPMC 60

800

4DPMC 80

Compartmental tray
Separation between
doors.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Height

Depth

Reference

600

400

BSMC 6040

600

500

BSMC 6050

800

400

BSMC 8040

800

500

BSMC 8050

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/99

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Tray crossbar
To fit between partial
doors separated by
BSMC tray.
Painted to RAL-7032.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Width

Reference

600

TBMC 60

800

TBMC 80

Control desks
Can be located (as
partial doors) anywhere
on the cubicle. Painted
to RAL-7032. Folding
panel with locks
.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Height

Width

Depth

Reference

400

600

500

PKMC 60

400

800

500

PKMC 80

Reference

19" RACK
Fixing of 19"
equipment.

1/100 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Height

No. units

Width

200

3

600

BRF 3 MC

400

7

600

BRF 7 MC

600

12

600

BRF 12 MC

800

16

600

BRF 16 MC

1000

21

600

BRF 21 MC

1200

25

600

BRF 25 MC

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Mounting plates
For fixing or equipment.
Painted to RAL-2000.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Width

Height

Reference

600

200

PMMC 2060 N

400

PMMC 4060 N

600

PMMC 6060 N

800

PMMC 8060 N

1000

PMMC 10060 N

200

PMMC 2080 N

400

PMMC 4080 N

600

PMMC 6080 N

800

PMMC 8080 N

1000

PMMC 10080 N

800

Back covers
Closing back covers to
form compartments.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Height

Width

Reference

200

TPMC 2060

400

TPMC 4060

600

TPMC 6060

800

TPMC 8060

600

1000
800

TPMC 10060

400

TPMC 4080

600

TPMC 6080

800

TPMC 8080

1000

TPMC 10080

Side closing
To fit between TLMC
side covers.

Nominal dimensions
(mm)
Depth

Reference

600

CLCM 60

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/101

OLNE.../... SP

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

INDUSTRIAL CUBICLE SYSTEM FOR ELECTRONICS

OLNE 186/60 SP

OLNE 186/60 KT

Metal cubicle consisting of a structure of triangular

OLNE.../...KT cubicle

closed profiles with welded top and base and vertical

c Welded top.

removable bolted profiles, giving the assembly and

c Welded base.

optimum stability and versatility.
Painted internally and externally with polyester-epoxy
resin to texturized RAL-7032.

c Vertical uprights.
c Removable roof.
c Quick fixing side panels.
c 2 removable back panels.
c Front and back 19” profiles.

Basic cubicle:

c Front glazed door with lock.

OLNE.../...SP cubicle

c 120° door opening.

c Welded top.

c 4 point locking system outside the gasketed area.

c Welded base.

Standard

c Vertical uprights.

Several transformation and locking possibilities.

c Removable roof.
c Quick fixing side panels.
c 2 removable back panels.
c Front frame.
c Front and rear 19” profiles.

1/102 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

5 mm double bar handle lock.

OLNE.../... SP

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Detail of front frame and lock on removable quick
fixing side panel.

Detail of BRF profile fixing.

Bottom view of back panel.

REFERENCES AND DIMENSIONS
External dimensions
(mm)

Reference

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

No. of
units

Without door

With glazed door

1200

600

600

24

OLNE 126/60 SP

OLNE 126/60 KT

1200

600

800

24

OLNE 126/80 SP

OLNE 126/80 KT

1400

600

600

29

OLNE 146/60 SP

OLNE 146/60 KT

1400

600

800

29

OLNE 146/80 SP

OLNE 146/80 KT

1600

600

600

31

OLNE 166/60 SP

OLNE 166/60 KT

1600

600

800

31

OLNE 166/80 SP

OLNE 166/80 KT

1800

600

600

36

OLNE 186/60 SP

OLNE 186/60 KT

1800

600

800

36

OLNE 186/80 SP

OLNE 186/80 KT

2000

600

600

42

OLNE 206/60 SP

OLNE 206/60 KT

2000

600

800

42

OLNE 206/80 SP

OLNE 206/80 KT

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

A-262

465
450

B-205
465

466

C = 800

max. C-107

B = 600

min. 60

min. 60

max. c-107

B = 600

178

A

A

450

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/103

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

DINIMEL 2000 CHASSIS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

Dimensions (mm)

OLN 186/60 KT + DM/OL 186 + CTLM 1550/0 +
CTLM 3050/4C + PMCD 6050 + CTLM 6050/0

Coupling DINIMEL 2000 chassis set for OLN cubicles
prepared to fit all the necessary components for high
capacity distribution boards.
c Dimensional modularity: 150  250 mm to DIN 43870.
c Adjustable distance between equipment and cover plate.
c Heavy-duty special supports for fixing of heavy or bulky
equipment.

c Easy wiring inside the cubicle thanks to the excellent
accessibility of the OLN cubicle.

1/104 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

DINIMEL 2000 chassis coupling set
Set consisting of 2 or 4
MCM ➀, uprights 2
crossbars ➁, adapters ➂
cover plate adjustment
set ➃.

➀

Cubicle dimensions

➃

➂

No. of
150
rows
10

No. of
250 ➞ mm
columns
2

DM/OL 166

600

264

11

2

DM/OL 186

1800

1000

396

11

3

DM/OL 1810

2000

600

288

12

2

DM/OL 206

2000

1000

432

12

3

DM/OL 2010

Width
(B)

1600
1800

➞

600

Maximum
no. of 18 mm
modules
240

Height
(A)

Reference

➁

DINIMEL 2000 standard mounting plate
To fit modular
sizes (mm)

➞

Standard mounting plates
with SDCD supports
included.

Plate
dimensions

150 mm
Height

250 mm
Width ➞

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Reference

150

250

100

220

PMCD 1525

150

500

100

470

PMCD 1550

300

250

250

220

PMCD 3025

300

500

250

470

PMCD 3050

450

250

400

220

PMCD 4525

450

500

400

470

PMCD 4550

600

250

550

220

PMCD 6025

600

500

550

470

PMCD 6050

B

Reinforced DINIMEL 2000 mounting plates
To fit to modular
sizes (mm)

➞

Plate
dimensions

150 mm
Height

250 mm
Width ➞

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Reference

300

500

250

444

PMCM 3050

300

750

250

694

PMCM 3075

450

500

400

444

PMCM 4550

450

750

400

694

PMCM 4575

600

500

550

444

PMCM 6050

600

750

550

694

PMCM 6075

2.5

B
10

A

50

10

ø9
11

50

Reinforced mounting
plates with adjustable
SDCM supports included.

R=7
21

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/105

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

DINIMEL 2000 insulating blank cover plates

➞

To fit to modular
sizes (mm)
150 mm
Height

250 mm
Width ➞

Reference

150

250

CTL 1525/0

150

500

CTL 1550/0

300

250

CTL 3025/0

300

500

CTL 3050/0

600

250

CTL 6025/0

600

500

CTL 6050/0

DINIMEL 2000 metal blank cover plates

➞

To fit to modular
sizes (mm)
150 mm
Height

250 mm
Width ➞

Reference

150

250

CTLM 1525/0

150

500

CTLM 1550/0

300

250

CTLM 3025/0

300

500

CTLM 3050/0

600

250

CTLM 6025/0

600

500

CTLM 6050/0

DINIMEL 2000 insulating cut-out cover plates
To fit to modular
sizes (mm)

➞

Cut-out covers for CO35D/... rails
(included) for switchgear.
On 500 mm wide covers, 2 extra units
per row can be mounted by cutting out
the separation between openings.

150 mm
Height

250 mm
Width ➞

Reference

150

250

CTL 1525/1C

150

500

CTL 1550/2C

300

250

CTL 3025/2C

300

500

CTL 3050/4C

600

250

CTL 6025/4C

600

500

CTL 6050/8C

DINIMEL 2000 metal cut-out cover plates

1/106 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

To fit to modular
sizes (mm)

1

No. of
18 mm
units
12

CTLM 1525/1C

1

24

CTLM 1550/2C

2

2

24

CTLM 3025/2C

500

4

2

48

CTLM 3050/4C

600

250

4

4

48

CTLM 6025/4C

600

500

8

4

96

CTLM 6050/8C

➞

Cut-out covers for CO35D/... rails
(included) for switchgear.
On 500 mm wide covers, 2 extra units
per row can be mounted by cutting out
the separation between openings.

150 mm
Height

250 mm
Width ➞

No. of
openings

No. of
rows

150

250

1

150

500

2

300

250

300

Reference

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

DINIMEL 2000 630 A busbar
EMH 630 A horizontal
busbar to fit to 300 mm
modules.
EMV 630 A vertical
busbar to fit to chassis
500 mm wide or two
250 mm wide.
EMH 630 A

Phase busbar
(mm)

Rated
current (A)

Neutral
bar (mm)

12  5

200

12  5-10

63

EMH 630 A

15  5

250

12  5-10

10  3

(horizontal)

20  5

320

20  5-10

10  6

25  5

390

25  5

30  5

440

30  5

20  10

500

EMV 630 A

30  10

630

(vertical)

Earth
bar (mm)

Reference

EMV 630 A

DINIMEL 2000 1250 busbar
EMH 1250 A horizontal
busbar to fit to 600 mm
high modules.
EMV 1250 A vertical
busbar to fit to chassis
500 mm wide or two
250 mm wide.
EMH 1250 A

To fit to modular
sizes
Phase busbar
(mm)

Rated
current (A)

Neutral
bar (mm)

Earth
bar (mm)

30  10

630

12  5-10

40  10

850

15  5-10

63

50  10

1000

20  5-10

10  3

60  10

1250

25  5

10  6

30  5

Reference
EMH 1250 A
(horizontal)

EMV 1250 A
(vertical)

EMV 1250 A

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/107

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

DINIMEL 2000 supports
Set of two supports to fix
directly to the vertical
uprights. Distance
between equipment fitting
surface and inside of
cover marked in mm.
Standard adjustable
supports
Reference: SDCD.
SDCD

SDCM
Reinforced adjustable
supports
Reference: SDCM.

DINIMEL 2000 DIN-35 reinforced rail
Loose rails to fix directly or
by means of SDCD
adjustable supports to the
vertical uprights.

Modular lenght
(mm)

Reference

250

CO 3515D/25

500

CO 3515D/50

Modular length
(mm)

Reference

250

CA 32D/25

500

CA 32D/50

DINIMEL 2000 asymmetric rail
Loose rails to fix directly
or by means of SDCD
adjustable supports to the
vertical uprights.

1/108 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

DINIMEL 2000 reinforced rail with SCDM support
Reinforced rail fixed by
means of SDCM
supports (included).

Modular lenght
(mm)

Reference

250

CO 3515M/25

500

CO 3515M/50

750

CO 3515M/75

Cubicle dimensions
Height (A)

Reference

1600

MCM 1570

1800

MCM 1720

2000

MCM 1870

DINIMEL 2000 uprights
Set of two vertical
uprights.

DINIMEL 2000 coupling units
To reinforce the joining of
uprights.
Reference: UMD.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/109

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

UNIVERSAL CHASSIS SYSTEM

CMO 168/30 + MOL 160 + PMP 6080
+ PMR 6080 + CDP 80

OLN 166/60 + MOL 160 + PMP 4060
+ PMR 4560 + CDP 60

Universal chassis prepared to be fitted directly to CMO
and OLN enclosures. Depth adjustable every 25 mm.
Allow for mounting of all kind of equipment on
mounting plate and or DIN rail.
c Vertical uprights set.
c Plain, partial and perforated mounting plates and rails.

1/110 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Set of uprights for universal chassis
Set of vertical uprights for
fixing of mounting plates
and rails.

Enclosure
dimensions
Height (A)

Reference

1000

MOL 100

1200

MOL 120

1400

MOL 140

1600

MOL 160

1800

MOL 180

2000

MOL 200

Partial plain mounting plate for universal chassis
Enclosure dimensions
Width
(B)

Plate height

600

247

PMP 2560

397

PMP 4060

597

PMP 6060

247

PMP 2580

397

PMP 4080

597

PMP 6080

247

PMP 25100

397

PMP 40100

597

PMP 60100

247

PMP 25120

397

PMP 40120

597

PMP 60120

1600

397

PMP 40160

Enclosure dimensions
Width
(B)

Plate height

600

225

PMR 2260

450

PMR 4560

600

PMR 6060

825

PMR 8260

225

PMR 2280

450

PMR 4580

600

PMR 6080

825

PMR 8280

225

PMR 22100

450

PMR 45100

600

PMR 60100

825

PMR 82100

225

PMR 22120

450

PMR 45120

600

PMR 60120

825

PMR 82120

800

1000

Note: in order to fix the mounting plate on
the chassis, the TDM 8 nuts and the
TOR 16/8A screws should be ordered
separatelly.

1200

Reference

Partial perforated mounting plate for universal chassis

800

1000

1200

Reference

Rails for universal chasis
Rails for fixing of equipment.
CSON...

CDP...

CAON...

Enclosure
dimensions
Width (B)

Reference
double profile

Reference
symmetric rail

Reference
assymmetric rail

600

CDP 60

CSON 60

800

CDP 80

CSON 80

CAON 60
CAON 80

1000

CDP 100

CSON 100

CAON 100

1200

CDP 120

CSON 120

CAON 120

2000

CDP 200

-

-

Note: for nuts and screws to adapt to all the rails see page 1/150.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/111

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

UNIDIS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

CMO 186/40 KT + AFCOL 186 + CP 2060/1 +
CPH 4060/2 + CP 4060/2 + CPH 2060/1 + CPH 4060/0

OLN 186/60 + AFCOL 186 + CP 2060/1 +
CHP 4060/2 + CP 4060/2 + CPH 2060/1 + CPH 4060/0

Coupling set for modular chassis prepared to fit all the

■

Double chassis are mounted on enclosures 1200 to

■

Vertical busbar covers are mounted on enclosures 1000

■

All accessories, covers, rails and supports are combined

1600 mm wide.

necessary elements to build large capacity distribution
panels.
Coupling front frame allowing for mounting of:
■

600 or 800 mm wide covers (plain or cut-out) with fixed
and hinged types, and height up to 600 mm (150 or
200 mm modularity).

■

Fixed and depth adjustable support rails for plain or

■

Sets for double modular chassis or busbar systems.

perforated mounting plates.

1/112 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

or 1200 mm wide.
in these kits as in the single chassis.

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Coupling set for modular chassis
Set of uprights and
crossbars for fixing of covers
and supports.

FIG. 1

Enclosure dimensions
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

1200

600

Maximum
no. of 18 mm
units
126

1200

800

192

1400

600

1400

Set of
columns

Reference

Fig. no.

600

AF/COL 126

1

800

AF/COL 128

1

168

600

AF/COL 146

1

800

256

800

AF/COL 148

1

1600

600

183

600

AF/COL 166

1

1600

800

288

800

AF/COL 168

1

1800

600

210

600

AF/COL 186

1

1800

800

320

800

AF/COL 188

1

1800

1000

210

600+400

AF/COL 1864

3

1800

1200

320

800+400

AF/COL 1884

3

1800

1200

420

600+600

AF/COL 1866

2

2000

600

252

600

AF/COL 206

1

2000

800

384

800

AF/COL 208

1

2000

1000

252

600+400

AF/COL 2064

3

2000

1200

384

800+400

AF/COL 2084

3

2000

1200

504

600+600

AF/COL 2066

2

FIG. 2

With vertical busbars front plate
and modular chassis set

A- 200

A- 200

With double modular
chassis set

A- 200

Modular chassis with
finishing blanking plates

A- 200

Modular chassis

FIG. 3

B/2

B-400

B/2

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 4

100

Distance of inside cover
transparent part: 80 mm
300

25

11.5

13.5

Ø7
Ø 13

B - 98

77.5

52.3

300

28
77.5

25
51.4

B - 122

26

50 50 50

102.5

300

Ø 4.8

A - 95

25

7

50 50 50

77.5

26

51.4

Modular chassis

64
100

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/113

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

UNIDIS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Fixed supports with cross rail

AF/COL

CSF

Symmetric 3515 mm
cross rail, galvanized,
with fixed supports.
c Bolted on uprights of
modular chassis.
c Enables fixing of
modular or non
modular clip-on
equipment.
c Fixed supports without
rail reference CSF.

Enclosure dimensions
Width
(B)

Reference

600

CSCF 60

800

CSCF 80

38.4
25

2
6
Ø 6.5

B - 146
B - 116
Ø5

65

7.5

50

35

7.5

17

9
50

Adjustable supports with cross rail

AF/COL

CSCA

Symmetric 3515 mm,
cross rail, galvanized, with
adjustable supports.
c Bolted on uprights of
modular chassis.
c Enables fixing of modular
or non modular clip-on
equipment, as well as
depth adjustment of
cross rail.
c Fixed supports without
rail reference CSA.

Enclosure dimensions
Width
(B)

Reference

600

CSCA 60

800

CSCA 80

B - 146
B - 125
B - 111

Ø5

ØM6

50

65

7.5

17

7.5

52
9
95

1/114 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

6.6

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Partial plain mounting plate
For non-modular
equipment.

Enclosure dimensions
Height
plate

Width
(B)

Reference

247

600

PMP 2560

397

600

PMP 4060

597

600

PMP 6060

247

800

PMP 2580

397

800

PMP 4080

597

800

PMP 6080

Set of 2 short plate supports

50

65

7.5

13 x 11

7.5

CSP

Ø 4.5

50

c Allows fixing of.
c Material: folded and
welded sheet steel,
galvanized.
c Bolted on uprights of
modular chassis.
Ref.: CSP.

9

25

25
149

10

9

1.5

22.4

AF/COL
TML

Set of 2 reinforced plate supports
c Allows fixing of.
c Front and rear face
coupling on 1 row
mounting profile,
mounted vertically.
c Material: folded and
welded sheet steel,
galvanized.

Enclosure
depth (C)

Reference

300

CSR 30

400

CSR 40

500

CSR 50

600

CSR 60

13 x 11

25
9

25

C - 200

22.4
1.5

65

50

7.5

TML

9

CSR
AF/COL

50

7.5

Ø 4.5

C - 130.5
C - 115

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/115

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Metal covers
c Plain and cut-out types, fixed or hinged.
c Made of sheet steel and painted with polyester
epoxy to RAL-7032.
c 150 and 200 mm modularity.
c On plain covers, cut-outs made by user for
protection of control or protection components.
c Cut-out covers for modular equipment
ref.: ATP UND.
c Hinged covers.
c End covers to fill up the chassis depending on the
combination of covers.

Dimensions
Cover
Height (A)

Plain cover plates

Cut-out cover plates
No. of
18 mm
unids

Enclosure
Width (B)

End
covers

Fixed
type

Hinged
type

50

600

CSC 560

-

-

-

50

800

CSC 580

-

-

-

150

600

-

CP 1560/0

CPH 1560/0

21

CP 1560/1

-

-

CPH 1560/1

-

-

150

800

-

CP 1580/0

CPH 1580/0

32

CP 1580/1

-

-

CPH 1580/1

-

-

Fixed
type

(D)

Hinged
type

(E)

(D)

(E)

-

200

600

-

CP 2060/0

CPH 2060/0

21

CP 2060/1

-

-

CPH 2060/1

-

-

200

800

-

CP 2080/0

CPH 2080/0

32

CP 2080/1

-

-

CPH 2080/1

-

-

300

600

-

CP 3060/0

CPH 3060/0

42

CP 3060/2

52

150

CPH 3060/2

52

150

300

800

-

CP 3080/0

CPH 3080/0

64

CP 3080/2

52

150

CPH 3080/2

52

150

400

600

-

CP 4060/0

CPH 4060/0

42

CP 4060/2

77

200

CPH 4060/2

77

200

400

800

-

CP 4080/0

CPH 4080/0

64

CP 4080/2

77

200

CPH 4080/2

77

200

450

600

-

CP 4560/0

CPH 4560/0

63

CP 4560/3

52

300

CPH 4560/3

52

300

450

800

-

CP 4580/0

CPH 4580/0

96

CP 4580/3

52

300

CPH 4580/3

52

300

600

600

-

CP 6060/0

CPH 6060/0

63

CP 6060/3

77

400

CPH 6060/3

77

400

600

800

-

CP 6080/0

CPH 6080/0

96

CP 6080/3

77

400

CPH 6080/3

77

400

Dimensions (mm)
Cut-out fixed and hinged types

200 (1)
A - 0.5

E
D

B - 196

A - 0.5

46

49.75
A - 0.5

D

49.75

49.75

Plain fixed and hinged covers

B - 122

A = 150 and 200 mm

A = 300 and 400 mm
49.75

A - 0.5

E

D

B - 98

A = 450 and 600 mm

B - 122
B - 98

D

B - 146
B - 135
B - 137

Fixed cover

Fixed cover
12

B - 146

B - 135

Detail view

B - 135

Hinged cover
1/116 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Hinged cover

(1) For B = 600 mm

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Double chassis coupling set
Maximum
no. of
18 mm units

Reference

1400

1200

336

AF/COL 1466*

1600

1200

378

AF/COL 1666*

1800

1200

420

AF/COL 1866*

2000

1200

504

AF/COL 2066*

1800

1600

640

AF/COL 1888

2000

1600

768

AF/COL 2088

For enclosure width
1200 and 1600 mm.
Set consisting of:
c 2 modular chassis.
c Central upright.
c All necessary fixings
and supports for
mounting.
A - 200

Enclosure dimensions
Width
Height
(B)
(A)

* For CMO enclosures, order separately top and bottom
DCOL... adjusting rails depending on depth of enclosure.

B/2

B/2

Top and bottom adjustment rails
Folded and welded
sheet steel, galvanized.
c Enables central
positioning and fixing
of vertical rails in
1200 mm wide
enclosures.
c Screw fixing to upper
and lower parts of
enclosure. Fixing
included.
c Pack of 4 parts.

Enclosure dimensions
Depth

Reference

300

DCOL 30

400

DCOL 40

500

DCOL 50

600

DCOL 60

D

Reference

1400

1000

600

AF/COL 1464

1600

1000

600

AF/COL 1664

1800

1000

600

AF/COL 1864

2000

1000

600

AF/COL 2064

1400

1200

800

AF/COL 1484

1600

1200

800

AF/COL 1684

1800

1200

800

AF/COL 1884

2000

1200

800

AF/COL 2084

For enclosure width
1000 and 1200 mm.
Set consisting of:
c 1 modular chassis.
c 1 central,
compensating upright.
c 1 blanking plate for
busbars (width
300 mm).
c All necessary fixings
and supports for
mounting.

A - 200

Enclosure dimensions
Width
Height
(B)
(A)

BUSBARS

Vertical busbars front plate and modular chassis set

D

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/117

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

19” SWING CHASSIS

CMO 186/40 +
BRF 38/OL

CMO 188/40 +
BRP 9/OL

OLN 168/600 KT +
BRP 31/OL

CMO 188/40 +
BRPC 36/OL

OLN 168/60 KT +
BRP 21/OL

Rack 19” system prepared to be fitted directly to

CMO 188/40 +
BRP 18/OL

OLN 166/60 KT +
BRF 33/OL

■

Partial swing racks, polyester epoxy resin paint to
RAL-7032, double bar lock, for enclosures wider than

CMO and OLN enclosures: fixed and swing types.

800 mm.
■

Fixed racks, polyester epoxy resin paint to RAL-7032,
consisting of 2 uprights with fixing hardware.

■

Swing racks, polyester epoxy resin paint to RAL-7032,
125° and 180° opening, double bar lock, maximum load
140 kg.

1/118 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

■

Centred swing racks, polyester epoxy resin paint to
RAL-7032, double bar lock.

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Set of 2 fixed 19” racks

465
450

min. 55

max. C-107

B = 600

Enclosure dimensions

To fit to 600 mm wide
CMO and OLN
enclosures. Allows for
direct fixing of any 19”
modular chassis to the
standard drillings.
Painted to RAL-7032.

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

No. of
units

Reference

1200

600

24

BRF 24/OL

1400

600

29

BRF 29/OL

1600

600

33

BRF 33/OL

1800

600

38

BRF 38/OL

2000

600

42

BRF 42/OL

2200

600

47

BRF 47/OL

C = nominal cubicle depth.

Swing 19” rack

D

465
450
510
700

175

max. 450

min. 55

B = 800

max. 140 o

PARTIAL SWING 19” RACK
Rack height
(D)

Width enclosure
(B)

354
621

No. of
units

Reference

800

6

BRP 6/OL

800

12

BRP 12/OL

887

800

18

BRP 18/OL

1021

800

21

BRP 21/OL

Allows for direct fixing of
any 19” modular chassis
to the standard drillings.
To fit to 800 mm wide
CMO and OLN
enclosures.
Painted to RAL-7032.

Enclosure dimensions
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

No. of
units

Reference

1400

800

27

BRP 27/OL

1600

800

31

BRP 31/OL

1800

800

36

BRP 36/OL

2000

800

40

BRP 40/OL

2200

800

45

BRP 45/OL

C = nominal cubicle depth.
OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/119

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Centred swings 19” rack

465
450

98

510

92

A

700

min. 55

max. 365

B = 800

max.140°

Allows for direct fixing of any 19” modular chassis to
the standard drillings.
To fit to 800 mm wide CMO and OLN enclosures.
Rack centred in the middle.
Colour RAL-7032.

Enclosure dimensions
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

No. of
units

Reference

1400

800

27

BRPC 27/OL

1600

800

31

BRPC 31/OL

1800

800

36

BRPC 36/OL

2000

800

40

BRPC 40/OL

2200

800

45

BRPC 45/OL

180° swing 19” rack

465
450
510

175

A

700

max. 395

min. 70

B = 800

180°

Allows for direct fixing of any 19” modular chassis to
the standard drillings.
To fit to 800 mm wide CMO and OLN enclosures.
180° opening.
Colour RAL-7032.

1/120 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Enclosure dimensions
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

No. of
units

Reference

1400

800

27

BRP 27/OL 180

1600

800

31

BRP 31/OL 180

1800

800

36

BRP 36/OL 180

2000

800

40

BRP 40/OL 180

2200

800

45

BRP 45/OL 180

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Transparent KT doors with window centred on the rack
Transparent KT doors
with window centred on
the rack BRP…/OL and
BRP…/OL 180.

Enclosure dimensions
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Reference

1200

800

PPKT 128 BRP

1400

800

PPKT 148 BRP

1600

800

PPKT 168 BRP

1800

800

PPKT 188 BRP

2000

800

PPKT 208 BRP

2200

800

PPKT 228 BRP

Transparent KT doors with window centred on the rack
Transparent KT doors
with window centred on
the rack BRPC…/OL and
BRF…/OL.

Enclosure dimensions
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Reference

1200

800

PPKT 128 BRPC

1400

800

PPKT 148 BRPC

1600

800

PPKT 168 BRPC

1800

800

PPKT 188 BRPC

2000

800

PPKT 208 BRPC

2200

800

PPKT 228 BRPC

Suite of 2 side lids centred fixed rack
Suite of 2 side lids to
adapt racks BRF…/OL
to 800 mm wide
enclosures.

Enclosure dimensions
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth

Reference

1200

800

600

TBRF 24/OL 60

1400

800

600

TBRF 29/OL 60

1600

800

600

TBRF 33/OL 60

1800

800

600

TBRF 38/OL 60

2000

800

600

TBRF 42/OL 60

2200

800

600

TBRF 47/OL 60

1200

800

800

TBRF 24/OL 80

1400

800

800

TBRF 29/OL 80

1600

800

800

TBRF 33/OL 80

1800

800

800

TBRF 38/OL 80

2000

800

800

TBRF 42/OL 80

2200

800

800

TBRF 47/OL 80

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/121

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Cover plates
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel painted in
fine texturised grey
RAL-7035 or in 3 mmthick aluminium.

No. of units

Reference
Steel

Aluminium

1

CRTM 1U

CRTA 1U

2

CRTM 2U

CRTA 2U

3

CRTM 3U

CRTA 3U

6

CRTM 6U

CRTA 6U

9

CRTM 9U

CRTA 9U

10

CRTM 10U

CRTA 10U

12

CRTM 12U

CRTA 12U

No. of units

No. of holes

Reference

2

CRTM 1U2

CRTM 6U

CRTA 6U

Cut-out cover plates for cables
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel painted fine
texturised RAL-7035,
protected cable entry
holes.

1

Cut-out cover plates for cables with housing
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws. Made of
1.5 mm-thick sheet
steel, painted fine
texturised grey
RAL-7035, protected
cable entry holes and
supporting fold.
No. of units
1

1/122 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

No. of holes

Reference

2

CRTM 1UA2

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Cable gland plate with brush
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel, painted fine
texturised grey
RAL-7035, with a cale
entry hole and anti-dust
protection.
No. of units
1

No. of holes

Reference

1

CRTM 1U1P

Cover plates with steel cable ties
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel, painted in
fine texturised grey
RAL-7035, with welded
cable ties.

No. of units

No. of ties/position

Reference

1

4 vert.

CRTM 1U40B

1

3 vert./2 hor.

CRTM 1U32B

Cover plates with insulating cable ties
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel, painted to
fine texturised grey
RAL-7035, with 5 GCA
46 insulating cable ties
with 4 different positions
(vertical, horizontal,
45° and 135°).

No. of units

Reference

1

CRTM 1U5GCA

Cover plates for protection and ventilation control
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1 mm-thick
sheet steel fitted with an
illuminated switch
TS-141 thermostat to
operate and adjust the
fans.
No. of units

Reference

1

CRTM 1UVT

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/123

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

DIN rail cover plates
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1 mm-thick
sheet steel, DIN rail
module cover plate
taking up to 22 modules,
with detachable front,
painted in fine texturised
grey RAL-7035.
No. of units

No. of modules
(18 mm)

Reference

22

CRTM 3UD

3

Cable guide cover plates
Fixed directly to the 19”
rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1 mm-thick
sheet steel, cable guide
front cover with quickdetachable front for
concealing cables,
painted in fine texturised
grey RAL-7035.
No. of units

Reference

2

CRTM 2UC

2 U perforated fixed tray
Fixed directly to the 19”
front rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
perforated sheet steel,
painted in fine texturised
RAL-7035. Maximum
load 20 kg.

Tray dimensions

1/124 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Height

Width

Depth

Reference

2U

450

250

BF 2U25P

2U

450

380

BF 2U40P

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

2 U telescopic tray
Fixed directly to the front
19” rack with GFR ref.
screws.
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel, painted in
fine texturised
RAL-7035 colour, fitted
with telescopic guides
and securing device.
Maximum load 5 kg.

Tray dimensions
Height

Width

Depth

Reference

2U

450

250

BT 2U25

1 U fixed tray
Fixed directly to the front
and rear of the 19” rack
(not included) (2 sets of
fixed 19” racks must be
ordered). Made of
1.5 mm-thick sheet
steel, painted in fine
texturised RAL-7035
colour.
Maximum load 25 kg.

Tray dimensions

For enclosures
depth

Distance frame
front-back

400

600/800

258

BBF 1U40

600

800

458

BBF 1U60

Height

Width

Depth

1U

450

1U

450

Referencie

1 U perforated fixed tray
Fixed directly to the front
and rear of the 19” rack
(not included) (2 sets of
fixed 19” racks must be
ordered).
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel, painted to
fine texturised RAL-7035
colour. Maximum load
25 kg.

Tray dimensions

For enclosures
depth

Distance frame
front-back

400

600/800

258

BBF 1U40P

600

800

458

BBF 1U60P

Height

Width

Depth

1U

450

1U

450

Reference

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/125

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

1 U adjustable tray
Fixed directly to the 19”
front and rear rack (not
included) (2 sets of fixed
19” racks must be
ordered).
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel, painted in
fine texturised RAL-7035
colour, fitted with
telescopic guides with a
securing device.
Maximum load 25 kg.
Tray dimensions

For enclosures
depth

Distance frame
front-back

400

600/800

258

BBT 1U40

600

800

458

BBT 1U60

Heigth

Width

Depth

1U

450

1U

450

Reference

1 U telescopic perforated tray
Fixed directly to the front
and rear of the 19” rack
(not included) (2 sets of
fixed 19” racks must be
ordered).
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
sheet steel, painted in fine
texturised RAL-7035
colour, fitted with
telescopic guides and a
securing device.
Maximum load 25 kg.
Tray dimensions

For enclosures
depth

Distance frame
front-back

400

600/800

258

BBT 1U40P

600

800

458

BBT 1U60P

Height

Width

Depth

1U

450

1U

450

Reference

Horizontal cable support crossbeam
For cable support with
adjustable cable ties
(LZ).
Made of 1.5 mm-thick
zinc coated sheet steel.
For fitting in depth
between the front and
back of rack (not
included), with GFR ref.
screws.

No. of units
1

No. of lodgings

Reference

9

TVA

1/126 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

CMO-OLN

19” drawer
To fixed enclosures. Fitted
on telescopic guides
ref. GT... (not included in
the standard unit).
RAL-7035.
Reference: CS2U400.

19” fixed guides
Set of 2 guides for fitting
directly to the 19” racks
and front and back
frames (not included).
Made of 2 mm-thick zinc
coated sheet steel.

Enclosure dimensions
Length
(mm)

Distance frame
front-back

Depth
(C)

Reference

256

250

400

GF 256

356

350

500

GF 356

456

450

600

GF 456

556

550

800

GF 556

19” guides
Set of 2 guides for fitting
directly to the front of
rack.
Made of 2 mm-thick zinc
coated sheet steel.
Reference: GB/140.

Telescopic 19” guides
Set of 2 guides for fitting
directly to the front and
rear of fixed racks (not
supplied).

Enclosure dimensions
Depth (C)

Reference

600

GT 40

800

GT 60

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/127

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

1 U Schucko line protection switched socket block
No. of bases

Length
(L) mm

6

440 (19”)

ZDBE 6I

8

440 (19”)

ZDBE 8IN

12

704

ZDBE 12I

Reference

45

Horizontal and vertical position

Double pole distribution
socket block with 16 A
switch. Rated voltage
250 V-2 metre cable
(3  1.5 mm2 ) with 2F+T
10/16 A 250 V plug. 2 flat
mounting supports and
fasteners included.

44

L

1 U Schucko line protection socket block
No. of bases

Length
(L) mm

6

440 (19”)

ZDBE 6P

12

704

ZDBE 12P

Reference

45

Double pole distribution
socket block with line
protection. Rated voltage
250 V 2-metre cable
(3  1,5 mm2) with a
2F+T 10/16 A 250 V plug.
2 flat mounting supports
and fasteners included.

L

44

Metal cable guides
Vertical cable guides for
fitting to 19” racks. Made
of 2 mm-thick stainless
steel sheet, RAL-7035
colour.

Dimensions
(mm)

1/128 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

To fit to
enclosures width

Reference

40  100

600/800

GC 4

100  100

800

GC 10

CMO-OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Insulating cable guide

AD/GCA

GCA...

Insulating cable guide, for
fixing to the 8.5 mm
rectangular perforations
(19” racks).
Adaptor for fixing the
cable guides to the
6  5.4 mm holes.
Reference: AD/GCA.
Dimensions
(mm)

Reference

40  60

GCA 46

40  100

GCA 410

100  100

GCA 1010

Hardware set
Set composet of:
1 screw.
1 washer.
1 nut.
Reference: GFR.

Adjustable stands
Set of four stands.
Reference: PRON.

min. 55
max. 80

19” door retainer
To fix to BRP…/OL
19” rack.
120° opening.
Reference: RET/BON.

180° 19” door retainer
To fix to BRP.../OL 180
rack.
Reference: RETN/BON
180.

19” front cover handles
For fixing to front cover
plates.

Heigth

Reference

99

ASR 3U

156

ASR 6U

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/129

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

BUSBAR SYSTEMS

630 A busbar supports
To fit directly to the
uprights of any OLN
cubicle.
c Maximum current
intensity 630 A.
c Work out according to
the table below the bar
cross section and the
distance between
supports depending on
current intensity and
short circuit value
respectively.

To fit to cubicle nominal
Width (B) or Depth (C)

Reference

400

SEM/OL 400

500

SEM/OL 500

600

SEM/OL 600

800

SEM/OL 800

Max. distance depending on
short circuit value
Rated
current
IP55 In (A)

51

60

60

60

No. of
bars per
phase

200

1

12  5

Cross
section
(mm2)
60

mm:

525

525

525

400

250

-

250

1

12  5

75

mm:

575

575

575

450

325

-

-

320

1

20  5

100

mm:

600

600

600

475

350

150

-

390

1

25  5

125

mm:

600

600

600

475

350

150

-

15  5-10

63

440

1

30  5

150

mm:

650

650

650

650

525

400

350

20  5-10

10  3

500

1

20  10

200

mm:

675

675

675

525

350

150

-

25  5-10

10  6

600

1

30  10

300

mm:

675

675

675

600

475

325

275

30  5-10

10  6

1/130 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

(mm)

Icc
(kA.):

12

23

30

39

52

66

69
-

Neutral
(mm)

Earth
(mm)

12  5-10

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

1,600 A busbar supports
To fit directly to the
uprights of any OLN
cubicle.
c Maximum current
intensity 1600 A.
c Work out according to
the table below the bar
cross section and the
distance between
supports depending on
current intensity and
short circuit value
respectively.

To fit to cubicle nominal
Width (B) or Depth (C)

Reference

400

SEP/OL 400

500

SEP/OL 500

600

SEP/OL 600

800

SEP/OL 800

Max. distance depending on
short circuit value

75

75

S+150

75

S = bar height.

50  5

Cross
section
(mm2)
250

Icc
(kA.):
mm:

12
475

23
250

30
200

39
150

52
100

66
75

1

60  5

300

mm:

550

275

225

150

125

100

75

1

80  5

400

mm:

625

325

250

175

125

100

100
150

Rated
current
IP55 In (A)
600

Numer of
bars per
phase
1

700
900

(mm)

69
75

1000

2

50  5

500

mm:

1000

725

575

425

275

125

1050

1

100  5

500

mm:

725

375

275

225

150

125

125

1150

2

60  5

600

mm:

1000

850

675

500

275

175

150

1200

1

125  5

625

mm:

850

425

325

250

175

150

125

1450

2

80  5

800

mm:

1000

975

775

525

300

175

175

1600

2

100  5

1000

mm:

1000

1000

875

575

300

200

175

Busbar end cover
Busbar end protection
with direct fixing to
insulating blocks.

To fit
to busbar

Reference

630 A

TFE 630

1250 A

TFE 1250

Top/bottom busbar chambers
c Conceived to protect and
support the sets of
horizontal bars.
c The busbar chambers
allow the new power
points per terminal and
insulate the sets of bars
from the rest of the
equipment.
c For assembly inside the
enclosure, top or bottom.
c The busbar chambers are
supplied without side
panels.

External dimensions mm

Height

Width

Depth

Reference

300

300

500

CE 3050 N

300

300

600

CE 3060 N

300

300

800

CE 3080 N

300

400

500

CE 4050 N

300

400

600

CE 4060 N

300

600

500

CE 6050 N

300

600

600

CE 6060 N

300

600

800

CE 6080 N

300

800

500

CE 8050 N

300

800

600

CE 8060 N

300

800

800

CE 8080 N

300

1200

500

CE 12050 N

300

1200

600

CE 12060 N

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/131

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Top/bottom busbar chamber panels
Set of 2 side panels to be
fitted to top and bottom
busbar chambers.

External dimensions mm

Height

Width

Side panels reference

300

500

2LCE50

300

600

2LCE60

300

800

2LCE80

Busbar chamber + sides +
eye-bolts.

Side busbar chambers
c Conceived to protect
and support the sets of
vertical bars.
c The busbar chambers
allow the new power
points per terminal and
insulate the sets of bars
from the rest of the
equipment.
c For assembly on any
side of the enclosure.

Measurements enclosure in mm

Height

No. of units

Width

Reference

2000

300

500

OLN 203/50

2000

300

600

OLN 203/60

2000

300

800

OLN 203/80

2000

400

500

OLN 204/50

2000

400

600

OLN 204/60

Note: for busbar supports, see previous page.

Bolted externally or internally side panel
Set of 2 side panels to be
fited externally or internally
to the enclosure. Made of
sheet steel, painted with
textured polyester-epoxy
resin to RAL-7032.
c Fully gasketed and
supplied with screws
required for fixing.

Measurements enclosure (mm)

Reference

Height

Depth

Outside
fixing

Inside
fixing

2000

500

2PLOL205

2PLIOL205

2000

600

2PLOL206

2PLIOL206

2000

800

2PLOL208

2PLIOL206

Note: for busbar supports, see previous page.

BBH bimetal terminals

BBH-29

BBH-29 D

BBH-29P

BBH-29 DP

Main cross
section mm2

Diversion cable cross
section mm2

BBH-29P

6-50

-

BBH-29 PC*

6-50

-

BBH-29 DP

6-50

6-50

BBH-29 DPC*
6-50
* Terminal cover CBBH-29 included.

6-50

Reference

1/132 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Terminals specially
designed for the
diversion of cables and
connection of busbars.
BBH terminals are made
of a copper alloy. Hot
stamped and tin-plated,
suitable to connect a
copper or aluminium
conductor (bimetallic).

Main cross
section mm2

Diversion cross
section mm2

BBH-29

6-50

-

BBH-29 C*

6-50

-

BBH-30

10-95

-

BBH-31

16-150

-

BBH-32

50-240

-

6-50

6-50

Reference

BBH-29 D
BBH-29 DC*

6-50

6-50

BBH-30 D

10-95

10-95

BBH-31 D

25-150

16-150

BBH-32 D

95-240

5-240

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Plate/cable diversion terminals
Entry through plate and
cable, plate or terminal
diversion.

1

2

3

4

Reference

Entry plate
thickness mm

Diversion cable
cross section mm2

Fig. no.

BTN 25

15

16

1

BDA 25

15

16

2

BPC 1550

15

50

3

BPC 2050

20

50

3

BPC 3050

30

50

3

BCT 15/20

15/20

95

4

Three pole diversion terminals
Plate entry and cable
diversion (for EMH-630
and EMV-630 busbars).

Entry plate
thickness mm

Diversion cable
cross section mm2

BTE 630

12  30

35  120

TBT 630

BTE 630 terminal cover

Reference

Terminal blocks
For the diversion of neutrals and earth wires.
c RBL models to fit to COMBINORM - DSU - DTU, insulating bottom cases, in the
holes prepared for their fixing.
c RBLZ models with insulating base to fit onto a 12  2 mm profile in the
DSU - DTM - CRD/CMD, models, already prepared for fixing of these terminal
blocks.
c RBL/416286 K model made up of two RBL/216146 M terminals mounted on a
bakelite bar, which makes it possible to place the standard supply terminal,
RBL/21656 M, on the centre. This allows a total of 6 16 mm2 terminals and
33 6 mm2 terminals to fit to DSU 15 and 30 modules insulating bottom cases.
Reference

Quantity of terminals
 cross section mm2

To fit to
boxes / enclosures

RBL/21656 M

2  16 mm2 + 5  6 mm2

COMBINORM - DSU - DTU

RBL/21686 M

2  16 mm2 + 8  6 mm2

COMBINORM - DSU - DTU

RBL/216146 M

2  16 mm2 + 14  6 mm2

COMBINORM - DSU - DTU

RBL/216296 M

2  16 mm2 + 29  6 mm2

COMBINORM - DSU - DTU

RBLZ/21656

2  16 mm2 + 5  6 mm2

DSU - DTM - CRD/CMD

RBLZ/21686

2  16 mm2 + 8  6 mm2

DSU - DTM - CRD/CMD

RBLZ/216146

2  16 mm2 + 14  6 mm2

DSU - DTM - CRD/CMD

RBLZ/216296

2  16 mm2 + 29  6 mm2

DSU - DTM - CRD/CMD

RBLZ/416286 K

2  16 mm2 + 14  6 mm2

DSU

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/133

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Distribution terminals

1

For the distribution in the
same row of a total of
12 automatic modules.

2

3

4

Adjustable cable ties
Made of 6.6 nylon in
natural colour or in black
for inclemency.

To use for

Reference

∅
min.

∅
max.

L

M

White

Black

1.6

22

100

2.5

LZ25100

LN25100

1.6

49

200

2.5

LZ25200

LN25200

1.6

35

150

3.5

LZ35150

LN35150

1.6

49

200

3.5

LZ35200

LN35200

1.6

75

300

3.5

LZ35300

LN35300

1.6

36

150

4.6

LZ46150

LN46150

1.6

49

200

4.6

LZ46200

LN46200

1.6

73

270

4.8

LZ48270

LN48270

1.6

109

390

4.6

LZ46390

LN46390

4.7

108

390

7.6

LZ76390

LN76390

1/134 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Reference

No. of bars

No. of poles
per bar

Fig. no.

BDS 1/12

1

12

1

BDS 2/6

2

6

2

BDS 3/4

3

4

3

BDS 4/3

4

3

4

BAP 25

25 mm2 cross section

5

BAH 25

25 mm2 cross section

6

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Cable tie base
It allows the insertion of
1 cable tie from 4 points
in a 90° angle. Cable ties
trom series LZ25100 to
LZ46390 can be
coupled. Material
6.6 nylon.

Ties width

A

B

C

D

E

Reference

2.5÷3.5

19.1

19.1

4.8

3.2

13.2

MB3A

2.5÷4.8

28.5

28.5

5.5

4

20.2

MB4A

adhesive support

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/135

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

ACCESSOIRES AND COMPLEMENTS LOCKING SYSTEM
BUILT INTO THE DOORS OF JOINED ENCLOSURES
Ref. ENBAR60
ENBAR80
ENBAR100

Ref. ENPUS

Made to be associated to same breakers or switches:

Ref. ENCIN

c How they work: the “incoming” enclosure doors is locked

– Allen Bradley (1494 VH11),

by means of the breaker control or main switch. A built-in

– Square D (9422 A1),

locking system with sliding rods forces the opening of the

– Siemens (FH0H),

doors of the “outgoing” enclosures. Access is only

– Telemecanique.
The integrate safety locking system for “incoming” and
“outgoing” enclosure doors makes it possible to adapt
the OLN… enclosures to American standards
(automobiles).

1/136 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

possible when the incoming organ is at the “ON” position,
the incoming door open, and the remaining rods are
manually unlocked and access given.

OLN

INSTALLATION SYSTEMS

Height
(A)

Depth
(C)

ENCIN

Locking kit lock main enclosure

ENPUS

Locking kit lock secondary doors

ENBAR60

Locking kit lock joining enclosures 600 mm-wide

ENBAR80

Locking kit lock joining enclosures 800 mm-wide

ENBAR100

Locking kit lock joining enclosures 1000 mm-wide

Cross rails Lütze chassis
Set of 6 cross rails for fixing and adjusting of Lütze
chassis. Made in galvanised sheet steel, thickness
2.5 mm. Fixings for assembly included. To fix them
at the back enclosure, use SFLTZ supports.

Measurements
enclosure
Depth (mm)

Reference

400

SDLTZ40

500

SDLTZ50

600

SDLTZ60

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/137

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

LOCKS FOR FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURES

Locks
OLN standard closing
mechanism option for
CMO.
Double bar (supplied as
standard).
c Operated by
LDB/OLN
(in accordance with
DIN 43668).

OPTIONAL LOCK INSERTS TO TRANSFORM THE STANDARD LOCK
Type of mechanism
using key reference

Reference

Characteristics

TT 7/OLN

7 mm triangular key

TT 8/OLN

8 mm triangular key

TT 9/OLN

9 mm triangular key

TT 10/OLN

10 mm triangular key

TCNOMO/OLN

CNOMO closing mechanism

TCNOMO/OLN-2P

Two-door enclosure CNOMO
closing mechanism

1/138 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

TC 6/OLN

6 mm square key

TC 7/OLN

7 mm square key

TC 8/OLN

8 mm square key

TC 6H/OLN

6 strand square key

TC 8H/OLN

8 strand square key

TDB3/OLN

3 mm two bar

TEX10/OLN

10 mm hexagonal key

TS/OLN

Pushbutton closing mechanism

TFI/OLN

FIAT closing mechanism

TM24/OLN

2 × 4 coin

TCOR/OLN

Crown (tubo)

TAUSA/OLN

Channelled

TBENZ/OLN

Daimler Benz

TLR/OLN

Locking catch with reinforced key

TJIS/OLN

JIS

TFAC/OLN

Lockable type FAC

TL/OLN

405 key lock

TLB/OLN

Locking top part with 405 key

TLE1/OLN

E1 closing mechanism

TL421E/OLN

Lockable 421 E

TL455/OLN

Lockable 455

TL1242E/OLN

Lockable 1242 E

TL1332E/OLN

Lockable 1332 E

TL2131A/OLN

Lockable 2131 A

TL2132A/OLN

Lockable 2132 A

TL2331A/OLN

Lockable 2331 A

TL2433A/OLN

Lockable 2433 A

TL2452E/OLN

Lockable 2452 E

TL3113A/OLN

Lockable 3113 A

TL3122E/OLN

Lockable 3122 E

TL3123A/OLN

Lockable 3123 A

TL3133A/OLN

Lockable 3133 A

TL3422E/OLN

Lockable 3422 E

TL3432E/OLN

Lockable 3432 E

TL1300/OLN

Lockable EDF 1300

TL1400/OLN

Lockable EDF 1400

ABDIN/OLN

Adapted DIN barrel lock

ABKABA/OLN

Adapted KABA barrel lock

ABASSA/OLN

Adapted ASSA barrel lock

MCS/MICH8376

MICHELIN-type handle-operated closing mechanism

MCS/MICH8079

MICHELIN-type handle-operated closing mechanism

MCS/MICH8133

MICHELIN-type handle-operated closing mechanism

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Optional flat lock
EMP/OLN
Optional CMO standard closing mechanism for OLN.
Standard two bar mechanism
(supplied as standard).
c Operated by:
v LDB 5 key
(in accordance with DIN 43668).
c For conversion to closing mechanisms for internal doors PIL see enclosure
closing mechanisms section CRN.
c For conversion of closing mechanisms of enclosures for PC applications or
motor control centres see panel closing mechanism section PK.

OPTIONAL LOCK INSERTS TO TRANSFORM THE STANDARD LOCK
Type of mechanism using key reference

Reference

Characteristics

TPDT7/OLN

7 mm triangular key

TPDT8/OLN

8 mm triangular key

TPDC6/OLN

6 mm square key

TPDC7/OLN

7 mm square key

TPC8/OLN

8 mm square key

TPDB/OLN

5 mm two bar

TPDES/OLN

Screwdriver slot

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/139

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Internal doors
To fit directly into OLN
cubicles. Made of sheet
steel and painted with
poliester-epoxy resin to
texturized RAL-7032.
c Depth adjustable every
25 mm.
c Reversible door.
c Reinforcement profiles
on the back, punched
every 25 mm for
mounting of
equipment.
c Double bar
standard lock. By fixing
the wing to the locks,
this is transformed into
handle lock. Easily
change to triangle,
square or safety locks.
See CRN locks.

OLN 186/60 + PIL 186

Side view of internal door installed, with detail of lock.

Dimensions enclosure (mm)
Height
(A)

Depth
(B)

D

1600

600

350

PIL 166

1600

800

550

PIL 168

1800

600

350

PIL 186

1800

800

550

PIL 188

1800

1000

700

PIL 1810

1800

1000

700

PIL 18102P*

2000

600

350

PIL 206

2000

800

550

PIL 208

2000

1000

700

PIL 2010

2000

1000

700

PIL 20102P*

2200

600

350

PIL 226

2200

800

550

PIL 228

2200

1000

700

PIL 2210

2200

1000

700

PIL 22102P*

Reference

* For 2 door enclosures.

OLN 1810602P + PIL 18102P

A - 100

A

C = cubicle nominal depth

B - 100
D
min.
70

C-65

25

20

B

1/140 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

C

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Mounting profiles
40 mm wide profile

65 mm wide profile

90 mm wide profile

Enclosure
width or
depth

Detail of upper
and lower
mounting limits

400

TML 40/40

TMR 40/40

TML 65/40

TMR 65/40

TML 90/40

TMR 90/40

500

TML 40/50

TMR 40/50

TML 65/50

TMR 65/50

TML 90/50

TMR 90/50

600

TML 40/60

TMR 40/60

TML 65/60

TMR 65/60

TML 90/60

TMR 90/60

800

TML 40/80

TMR 40/80

TML 65/80

TMR 65/80

TML 90/80

TMR 90/80

100

TML 40/100

TMR 40/100

TML 65/100

TMR 65/100

TML 90/100

TMR 90/100

1200

TML 40/120

TMR 40/120

TML 65/120

TMR 65/120

TML 90/120

TMR 90/120

1400

TML 40/140

–

TML 65/140

–

TML 90/140

–

1600

TML 40/160

–

TML 65/160

–

TML 90/160

–

1800

TML 40/180

–

TML 65/180

–

TML 90/180

–

2000

TML 40/200

–

TML 65/200

–

TML 90/200

–

3 rows

Two ranges available, 40 mm width (1 row), 65 mm width (2 rows) and 90 mm
width (3 rows). Enable depth adjustment of equipment supports, 19" rack, etc.
Can be combined to form partial supports or horizontal supports for mounting
deep equipment.
c TMR: access to 4 fixing nuts from outside.
c TML: for all kind of assembly.
Direct attachment to framework with STCMO brackets.
Delivered in pairs with supports and fixings.
2 rows

1 row

TML

TMR

Cross rail brackets
c For mounting profiles
in depth.
c Directly fixed to the
front of CMO
enclosure.
c Made of galvanized
steel.
Ref.: STCMO.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/141

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Partial mounting plate
Made of galvanized steel
with all edges reinforced.
Fixed directly to the
enclosure up rights,
both at the sides and the
back. Depth adjustable
by means of TML
mounting profiles.

Width enclosure (M)

Plate height (H)

600

247

PMP 2560

397

PMP 4060

597

PMP 6060

247

PMP 2580

397

PMP 4080

597

PMP 6080

247

PMP 25100

397

PMP 40100

597

PMP 60100

247

PMP 25120

397

PMP 40120

597

PMP 60120

397

PMP 40160

800

1000

1200

2.5

1600

Reference

Partial perforated mounting plate
Enclosure dimensions
Width (B)

Plate height

600

225

PMR 2260

450

PMR 4560

600

PMR 6060

825

PMR 8260

225

PMR 2280

450

PMR 4580

600

PMR 6080

825

PMR 8280

225

PMR 22100

450

PMR 45100

600

PMR 60100

825

PMR 82100

225

PMR 22120

450

PMR 45120

600

PMR 60120

825

PMR 82120

800

1000

1200

Reference

Side mounting plate

A

Made of galvanized
sheet steel with
reinforced edges.
Prepared to be mounted
at the enclosure sides.

Enclosure dimensions
Height (A)

Depth (C)

Reference

1800

600

PMLOL186

1800

800

PMLOL188

2000

600

PMLOL206

2000

800

PMLOL208

2200

600

PMLOL226

2200

800

PMLOL228
C

1/142 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

16

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Fixing brackets
Set of 4 fixing brackets
to be directly mounted to
the enclosure frame
work for fixing the
mounting plate.
Reference: EDCOL.

Double rail profile
Reference

Width enclosure (mm)

Units pack.

CDP60

600

10

CDP80

800

10

CDP100

1000

10

CDP120

1200

10

CDP200

2000

10

25

1.5

35

8.5
37

c Combines advantages
of symmetric and
asymmetric DIN rails.
c Direct fixing to the
structure.
c Level continuity
guaranteed in case of
juxtaposition of
enclosures.
c Galvanized sheet steel.
c Sheet thickness:
1.5 mm.

15

Symmetric DIN rail
Reference guide

Width enclosure (mm)

Units pack.

CSON60

600

CSON80

800

10

CSON100

1000

10

CSON120

1200

10

10

1.5

35

15

27

c Direct fixing to the
structure.
c Level continuity
guaranteed in case of
juxtaposition of
enclosures.
c Galvanized sheet steel.
c Sheet thickness:
1.5 mm.

1

Asymmetric DIN rail
Reference guide

Width enclosure (mm)

Units pack.

600

CAON80

800

10
10

CAON100

1000

10

CAON120

1200

10

9

10.5

1.5

16

5.5

CAON60

32

c Direct fixing to the
structure.
c Level continuity
guaranteed in case of
juxtaposition of
enclosures.
c Galvanized sheet steel.
c Sheet thickness:
1.5 mm.

15

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/143

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Door cable fixing profile
To fix cables on the
inside of the door. Profile
bolted to door
reinforcement frame and
height adjustable every
25 mm.

Cubicle
dimensions
Width (B)
600

Quick fixing of
incoming/outgoing
cables. Depth adjustable
25 mm.

Cubicle
dimensions
Width (B)
600

Reference
TFP/OL 6

800

TFP/OL 8

1000

TFP/OL 10

Cable fixing profile
Reference
TFC/OL 6

800

TFC/OL 8

1000

TFC/OL 10

Fixed tray
Drilled to improve air
circulation inside the
cubicle.
Painted to RAL-7032.

Cubicle dimensions
Width (B)

Depth1 (C)

Reference

600

400

BFOL 64

600

600

BFOL 66

800

400

BFOL 84

800

600

BFOL 86

Max. load 25 kg.
(1) Can be fitted in more depth enclosures by means of
TML 40/... cross rails (to be ordered separately).

Adjustable tray
Drilled to improve air
circulation inside the
cubicle. Painted to
RAL-7032.

Cubicle dimensions
Width (B)

Depth1 (C)

Reference

600

400

BDOL 64

600

600

BDOL 66

800

400

BDOL 84

800

600

BDOL 86

Max. load 20 kg.
(1) Can be fitted in more depth enclosures by means of
TML 40/... cross rails (to be ordered separately).

1/144 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Folding plan tray
Made of sheet steel.
Painted to grey
RAL-7032. Direct fixing
to door reinforcement
frame and adjustable in
height every 25 mm.
4 different positions.

Cubicle dimensions
Width (B)

Reference

600

BSP/OL 6

800

BSP/OL 8

Aluminium doors
Transparent doors with
polycarbonate visor
made of a
highly-resistant special
anodized aluminium
profile. Colour RAL-7013.
c Maximum inside
visibility.
c High-quality finishing.
c 120° opening.
c Standard OLN doublebar lock.

To fit to enclosures
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

1800

600

PAOL 186

11

1800

800

PAOL 188

13

1800

600

PAOL 1810

15

2000

800

PAOL 206

13

2000

1000

PAOL 208

14

2000

1000

PAOL 2010

16

Reference

Weight
kg

Protection frames for controls
Height (H)

Width (M)

Reference

400

400

MA-44

400

500

MA-45

400

600

MA-46

500

500

MA-55

600

600

MA-66

61

M-68

H

M

H-68

Made of anodized
aluminium. Neoprene
gasket. Hinges for direct
fixing to door and key
lock supplied.

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/145

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Diagram pockets
INSULATING
Document size

Reference

A4

PP-A4

A5

PP-A5

174

PPM-A models made of
sheet steel and painted
to light grey RAL-7032.
c Fixing to door
reinforcement frame by
means of screws.

METAL
Cubicle
dimensions
Width (B)
600

188

PPM-A3/6N

800

PPM-AE/8N

40

278

22

Ref.: PP-A5

PP-A

Reference

234

PP-A models of PS to
grey RAL-7035.
c Adhesive fixing or by
means of screws.
For DIN A3, A4 or A5
sized documents.

Ref.: PP-A4

281

B-150

PPM-A
Ref.: PPM-A3/...N

180° opening hinges
Made of anodized
aluminium in black. Ready
to fit to both standard and
glazed doors.
Reference: OLN: BEN 180
CMO: BEM 180
180º

Door retainer
Mechanical and
pneumatic door and 19”
rack retainers to fit
directly to the cubicle
structure.
c Easy mounting.
c 90° up to 120° opening
depending on models.
c For 19" Rack retainers
see page 1/129.

1/146 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Features

Reference

Mechanical retainer with
2 posiciones (90° and 120°)
for standar door

RET/OL

(hinges on the right)
Same as above with
hinges on the left
Pneumatic retainer with
90°/120° opening

RET I/OL
RETN/OL

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Castors

Max. load:
75 kg per castor.

110

Set of 4 castors, two of
them with brakes. Easy
quick fixing.
Reference: RUT/ZUN.

Ø 80

55

Ø

M12 lifting eyebolts bolted
directly to the cubicle
structure.
Reference: OLN: TLN/12
CMO: TMO/12

29

Eyebolts

Set of 2 eyebolts.

M.12

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/147

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Enclosure lighting
Compact fluorescent
lamps, specially
designed for their use in
enclosures. Possibility to
fix them with magnet.

Characteristics

Reference

Plug

Voltage

LAM-75

220 V/16 A

220 V/50 Hz

LAC-75

220 V/16 A

220 V/50 Hz

LAM-75/120

120 V/15 A

120 V/60 Hz

LAC-75/120

120 V/15 A

120 V/60 Hz

Lamp with magnet or
35 mm symmetrical
DIN rail fixing
Lamp with 35 mm
symmetrical DIN rail fixing

c
c
c
c

Voltage 220 V/50 Hz.
Consumption 11 W.
Power on/off switch.
Earthed
200 V/16 A plug.
c Max. ambient
temperature: 60 °C.
c Lighting performance +
75 W bulb.

Lamp with magnet or
35 mm symmetrical
DIN rail fixing
Lamp with 35 mm
symmetrical DIN rail fixing

Enclosure lighting
Incandescent lamp
specially designed to be
used in electric
enclosures.
c Connection current:
220 V/50-60 Hz.
c Consumption: 60 W.
c Power on/off switch.
c Entry connection
terminal.

Reference
LAI/OL 68

Enclosure lighting

2

3

Lighting specially
designed for use in
electrical enclosures
with various types of
fixing and switching.
c Electronic low
consumption lamp
E27, 20 W, 220 240 V/50-60 Hz or
120 V/60 Hz.
c Output equivalent to a
100 W bulb.
c Delivered with power
supply cable with
either plug and socket
(portable inspection
lamp), or 2.5 mm2
screw terminal block.

67

100

1

396

c IP20 rating.
c Type II insulation.
c According to
standards EN 55014
and EN 50082-1.

Description

Fixing

Proximity switch operated

Magnetic, screws

ON/OFF switch with optional

Magnetic, screws

door switch

and or DIN 35 rail (1)

Portable lamp, cord

Adhesive or

connection

screws

Lamp support for LAMDP,

Adhesive or screws

LAMIN, LAMPO

(1) DIN rail not included

and or DIN 35 rail (1)

4

(1) DIN rail not supplied as standard.
1/148 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

Figure
1
2
3
4

Reference

Voltage

LAMDP

220 V/56 Hz

LAMDP 120

120 V/60 Hz

LAMIN

220 V/50 Hz

LAMIN 120

120 V/60 H

LAMPO

220 V/50 Hz

LAMPO 120

120 V/60 Hz

SOLAM

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Door switch
INL: Supplied with
support and screws for
direct fixing to the cubicle
structure.
c Can be connected to
lamp, thermal controls...

DOOR SWITCH
Features

Reference

Door In = 10 A

INL

switch

INL/BRP: Supplied with
support and screws for
direct fixing to the cubicle
structure.
c Can be connected to
swing 19” rack
(120° or 180°).
19” RACK SWITCH
Features

Reference

Door In = 10 A

INL/BRP

switch

Earthing braids
CTI earthing leads made
in copper/brass and
yellow/green PVC
insulation.
CTAF earthing braids
made in tinned copper.
Ensure adequate
connections to earth for
high frequencies, since it
is at these frequencies
that electrical interference
is likely.

Cross section Eyelet hole ∅
mm2
mm

Lenght
mm

Width
mm

170

-

6

6.4

CTI 17/6

170

-

10

6.4

CTI 17/10

220

-

6

6.4

CTI 22/6

220

-

10

6.4

CTI 22/10

220

-

25

8.3

CTI 22/25

410

-

10

8.3

CTI 41/10

410

-

25

8.3

CTI 41/25

155

20

16

8.5

CTAF 15/16

200

21

25

8.5

CTAF 20/25

200

26

25

8.5

CTAF 25/25

200

40

50

8.5

CTAF 20/50

Reference

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/149

CMO-OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Nuts and screws

TFP

TDC

TDE

TDM

TNS

TLD

Nuts for mounting
on cubicle structure

Nuts for fixing of equipment

Lenght (mm)

Reference

10

TOR 10/4 A

M4

16

TOR 16/4 A

M5

12

TOR 12/5 A

-

M5

18

TOR 18/5 A

TNS 6

TLD 6

M6

12

TOR 12/6 A

TNS 8

TLD 8

M6

16

TOR 16/6A

M6

18

TOR 18/6 A

M8

16

TOR 16/8 A

M8

20

TOR 20/8 A

Self-tapping

16

TOR 16/5 AT*

TDC 34

-

-

-

M4

TFP 4

TDC 34

TDE 4

-

-

-

M5

TFP 5

TDC 56

TDE 5

-

-

M6

TFP 6

TDC 56

TDE 6

TDM 6

M8

-

-

-

TDM 8

MOL
Profiles

FIXING SCREW AND WASHER

M4

M3

CDP
Double rails

TOR 16/5 AT

Thread

PMR mounting
plates and MOL
profiles
TFP 3

Thread

TOR

Single nut

Double nut

* Self-tapping metal screw with washer.

Fixing accessories
Support to fit directly to
the 1113 mm drillings
of cubicle uprights and
TML.
Reference: STON.

Spray paint
Features

Reference

Colour RAL-7032
contents 150 g

Top ventilation liftings
Set of 4 top ventilation
liftings, references.
c Roof height:
14 mm.
Reference: VET 12.

1/150 HIMEL OLN industrial cubicle system

BPA-7032

OLN

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS

Blanking cap base
c Makes the base of the
plinth-mounted or floor
standing enclosure fully
watertight.
Reference: TPOB.

Single support for side panel
c For mounting side
panels on enclosures
joined at the back or if
there are no rear
panels.
c Supplied with screws.
Reference: SPON.

Door recentering castor
For recentering door as it
closes.
Max. load: 60 kg
per door.
Reference: CP/CMOL.

Heavy duty cross rails
Set of 2 cross rails for
use with loads
distributed across both
rails. Attachment
possible with cable gland
plate and mounting plate
fitted.

Reference

Width enclosure (mm)

Load (kg)

TMP40

400

250

TMP50

600

200

TMP60

800

175

TMP80

1000

150

OLN industrial cubicle system H IM EL 1/151

Monobloc control desks
PK & PKP
The removal of the front
upright allows for a
complete access to the
inside of the control desks.

PK: back panel.
PKP: removal back
panel.

The cable entry gland plates
at the bottom of the control
desk are in two sliding parts
to optimise cabling. An
adhesive gasket can be
added to these plates to
ensure dust and damp
protection.

A pneumatic retaining stay
facilitates opening of the
top of the control desk and
prevents it dropping down
unexpectedly.

These control desks are
equipped with side
cross-rails providing
support, depth adjustment
and fixing for the different
equipment mounting
accessories through the
use of perforations at
25 mm pitch.
Installation of two chassis
back-to-back is very easy
and provides space for
maximum of equipment.

Changing the direction
of opening of the doors
is fast and does not
require special tools
through the use of
screw-fixed hinges.

Modular console for PKP control desk.

1/152 HIMEL monobloc control desks

for customised solutions
PKP... /F
The closing system uses
a 5 mm double bar. A wide
range of lock combinations
is available in the form of
accessories.

Upper mounting plate.

And accessory is
available to support
the screen.

Bottom mounting plate.

The operator panels of the
main part of the control desk
and the console are equipped
with vertical rails for mounting
equipment or securing the
cables.
Cross rails can be used to
accommodate the same
component mounting
accessories as those used
for our standard enclosure
ranges.

monobloc control desks H IM EL 1/153

MONOBLOC METAL CONTROL DESKS WITH
FIXED REAR PANEL

PK

IP55 (EN 60529)

PK 80-PM + ZUN 84/100

Monobloc sheet steel control desks. Single-piece back
and sides. Total accessibility thanks to intermediate
crossbeam-free design. Protected on outside and

c Earthing on door, body and mounting plate.
c 100 mm or 200-mm high U plinth in anthracite grey
RAL-7022.

inside with textured grey polyester-epoxy to RAL-7032.

c Cable gland plate with maximum cable access.
c Galvanised steel mounting plate, adjustable at 25 mm.

c Mechanical retention support top front and pneumatic on

Basic configuration:

console making opening easier, and preventing abrupt

Plain front door.

openings leading to falls.

c Double-bar locks on doors.
Can easily be changed to triangular, square or key lock.

c Angular reinforcement on panel to facilitate the fixing
of gear, with drillings every 25 mm, with drill holes of
Ø 4.25 mm.

1/154 HIMEL monobloc control desks

c
c
c
c
c

3 mm double bar locking system.
4 plate support brackets.
Mounting plate (only PK...PM references).
Cable gland plate.

MONOBLOC METAL CONTROL DESKS WITH
FIXED REAR PANEL

PK

IP55 (EN 60529)

MODELS, SIZES AND REFERENCES
External
dimensions (mm)

Control desks

Metal mounting plates

Plinths

1024

600

466

PK 60

PK 60-PM

1

PMPK-8560

Universal
mounting
plates
PMR-6760

ZUN 64/100

ZUN 64/200

1024

800

466

PK 80

PK 80-PM

1

PMPK-8580

PMR-6780

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

1024

1000

466

PK 100

PK 100-PM

2

PMPK-85100

PMR-67100

ZUN 104/100

ZUN 104/200

1024

1200

466

PK 120

PK 120-PM

2

PMPK-85120

PMR-67120

ZUN 124/100

ZUN 124/200

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Without
mounting plate

With
mounting plate

No. of
doors

Reference

Heights
100 (mm)

Heights
200 (mm)

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

PK control desks

A

.

A Mounting plate

.

.

.

.

Maximum opening 56 mm

monobloc control desks H IM EL 1/155

MONOBLOC METAL CONTROL DESKS WITH
REMOVABLE REAR PANEL

PKP

IP55 (EN 60529)

PKP 80-PM + ZUN 85/100

Monobloc sheet steel control desks. Total accessibility
thanks to intermediate crossbeam-free design.
Protected on outside and inside with textured light grey

c Earthing door, body, mounting plate and rear panel.
c 100 mm or 200-mm high U plinth in anthracite grey
RAL-7022.

polyester-epoxy to RAL-7032.

c Cable gland plate with maximum cable access.
c Galvanised steel mounting plate, adjustable at 25 mm.

c Mechanical retention support top front and pneumatic on

Basic configuration:

console making opening easier, and preventing abrupt

Paint front door.

openings leading to falls.

c Double-bar locks on doors can easily be changed to
triangular, square or key lock.

c Rear panel with screw fixing, with positioners for easy and
quick assembly.

c Angular reinforcement on panel to facilitate the fixing
of gear, with drillings evvery 25 mm, with drill holes of
Ø 4.25 mm.

1/156 HIMEL monobloc control desks

c
c
c
c
c
c

Removable rear panel.
Double-bar locking system.
4 plate support brackets.
Mounting plate (only with PKP...PM).
Cable gland plate.

MONOBLOC METAL CONTROL DESKS WITH
REMOVABLE REAR PANEL

PKP

IP55 (EN 60529)

MODELS, SIZES AND REFERENCES
External
dimensions (mm)

Control desks
Without
mounting plate

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

1024

600

597

PKP 60

1024

800

597

PKP 80

1024

1000

597

1024

1200

597

With
mounting plate

Metal mounting plates

Plinths

PMPK-8560

Universal
mounting
plates
PMR 6760

ZUN 65/100

ZUN 65/200

PMPK-8580

PMR 6780

ZUN 85/100

ZUN 85/200

2

PMPK-85100

PMR 67100

ZUN 105/100

ZUN 105/200

2

PMPK-85120

PMR 67120

ZUN 125/100

ZUN 125/200

No. of
doors

Reference

PKP 60-PM

1

PKP 80-PM

1

PKP 100

PKP 100-PM

PKP 120

PKP 120-PM

Heights
100 (mm)

Heights
200 (mm)

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

PKP control desks

A

min. 126
max. 476

min. 45

.

max. 395

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

A Mounting plate

Maximum opening 56 mm

monobloc control desks H IM EL 1/157

FE

BASIC COMPONENTS
IP55 (EN 60529)

200 mm console: fix back panel.

300 mm console: removable back panel.

PKP 80 + FE 42 + TA 40

Modular top fronts for PKP control desks with
removable rear panel made of sheet steel, protected
on the inside and outside with light grey textured
polyester-epoxy RAL-7032 paint.
c Two widths, 400 and 600 mm, and two depths, 200 and
300 mm, the latter fitted with a depth-adjustable mounting
plate and a detachable rear panel with screws, providing
easy access to the inside of the front.

c Locks on the top of the front, providing optimal usable
door surface area, double bar lock which can be easily
changed to triangular, square or key lock.

c Features door retainer support.

1/158 HIMEL monobloc control desks

c Blanking lids in different widths, 200, 400, 600 and
800 mm.

c Universal and metal mounting plates, either attached to
the bottom of the front or adjustable in the 300 mm-deep
models.

FE

BASIC COMPONENTS
IP55 (EN 60529)

MODELS, SIZES AND REFERENCES
Front references
Width

Reference

desk

desk

600

PKP 60

800

Depth
Width

PKP 80

1000

PKP 100

1200

Mounting plates

PKP 120

Fig. no.

Blanking lids

Metal

Perforated

Universal

MM 44

MF 44

MR 44

MM 64

MF 64

MR 64

200 (mm)

300 (mm)

400

FE 42

FE 43

TA 20

1

600

FE 62

FE 63

-

2

400

FE 42

FE 43

TA 40

3

MM 44

MF 44

MR 44

400

2  FE 42

2  FE 43

-

4

2  MM 44

2  MF 44

2  MR 44

600

FE 62

FE 63

TA 20

5

MM 64

MF 64

MR 64

400

FE 42

FE 43

TA 60

6

MM 44

MF 44

MR 44

600

FE 62

FE 63

TA 40

7

MM 64

MF 64

MR 64

600

FE 62

FE 63

2  TA 20

8

MM 64

MF 64

MR 64

400+600

FE 42 + FE 62

FE 43 + FE 63

-

9

MM 44

MF 44

MR 44

MM 64

MF 64

MR 64

400

FE 42

FE 43

TA 80

10

MM 44

MF 44

MR 44

400+600

FE 42 + FE 62

FE 43 + FE 63

TA 20

11

MM 44

MF 44

MR 44

MM 64

MF 64

MR 64

MM 64

MF 64

MR 64

600

FE 62

FE 63

TA 60

12

600

FE 62

FE 63

TA 20 + TA 40

13

MM 64

MF 64

MR 64

600

2  FE 62

2  FE 63

-

14

2  MM 64

2  MF 64

2  MR 64

Mounting possibilities
FIG. 1

FIG. 2

FIG. 3

FIG. 4

Desk dimensions (width): 600 mm
FIG. 6

FIG. 5

Desk dimensions (width): 800 mm

FIG. 7

FIG. 8

FIG. 9

Desk dimensions (width): 1000 mm
FIG. 10

FIG. 11

FIG. 12

FIG. 13

FIG. 14

Desk dimensions (width): 1200 mm

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1
B-8

B-8

25
483
1508

1508

107

B

350
387

B-75

B-75

262

477

325

435

350
387

325

483

53

536

25

B-40

B-40

53

300

B-106

435

200

B-106

206

B
361

monobloc control desks H IM EL 1/159

COMPACT METAL CONTROL DESKS WITH FRONT
PANEL AND REAR DOOR

P K P. . . / F

IP55 (EN 60529)

PKP 80/F30-PM

Compact control desks with top front made of steel
sheet. Top part can be accessed via a three-point lock
door. Painted on the inside and outside with light grey
polyester-epoxy to textured RAL-7032.

c Earthing on door, body and mounting plate.
c 100 or 200 mm U-profile plinth in anthracite grey to
RAL-7022.

c Fully gasketed cable gland plate. Maximum capacity for
cable access.

c Mechanical retention support top front and pneumatic on

Basic configuration:

console making opening easier, and preventing abrupt

Top front panel.

openings leading to falls.

c Double bar locking on doors. Can easily be changed to
triangular, squared or key lock.

c Angular reinforcement on panels perforated every 25 mm
with 4.25 mm Ø crill holes.

c Galvanised mounting plate to be fitted in control console,
in top front and in bottom desk or total mounting plate
adjustable at 25 mm.

1/160 HIMEL monobloc control desks

c
c
c
c
c
c

Plain front door.
Plain rear door.
3 mm double bar system lock.
4 support brackets for bottom plate.
Bottom mounting plate, removable plate and upper
brackets (only with PKP.../F...PM).

c 2 parts cable gland plate.

COMPACT METAL CONTROL DESKS WITH FRONT
PANEL AND REAR DOOR

P K P. . . / F

IP55 (EN 60529)

MODELS, SIZES AND REFERENCES
External
dimensions (mm)
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Control desks
Without
mounting plate

Depth
(C)

Metal mounting plates

With
mounting plate

No. door
front and rear

Plinths
Height
100 (mm)

Bottom* Universal
mounting plates

Reference

Height
200 (mm)

1400

800

845

PKP80/F30

PKP80/F30-PM

1

PMP7080

PMR 6760

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

1400

1000

845

PKP100/F30

PKP100/F30-PM

2

PMP70100

PMR 6780

ZUN 104/100

ZUN 104/200

1400

1200

845

PKP120/F30

PKP120/F30-PM

2

PMP70120

PMR 67100

ZUN 124/100

ZUN 124/200

1400

1600

845

PKP160/F30

PKP160/F30-PM

2

PMP70160

PMR 67120

ZUN 164/100

ZUN 164/200

1400

800

1045

PKP80/F50

PKP80/F50-PM

1

PMP7080

-

ZUN 86/100

ZUN 86/200

1400

1000

1045

PKP100/F50

PKP100/F50-PM

2

PMP70100

-

ZUN 106/100

ZUN 106/200

1400

1200

1045

PKP120/F50

PKP120/F50-PM

2

PMP70120

-

ZUN 126/100

ZUN 126/200

1400

1600

1045

PKP160/F50

PKP160/F50-PM

2

PMP70160

-

ZUN 166/100

ZUN 166/200

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

3

25

447

4

78
78

539

297/497
480

B-8
B-156

25

B-8
B-156

B

482
407

132

C

b

E

650

min. 143

a
min. 53

477

max.
368/568

max. 278/478

21

566

477

566

650

60

526

B-93

B-93
89

2

1372
1310

299

299

390

B-16/2

B-16/2

B-150

24.5

B-150
B-8

39

427/627

B

B

31

365/565

845/1045

1 Cable entry: max. opening 66 mm.
2 Comanding panel: max. opening 75º.

1
2

1
2

M8X18

B-164

B Upper mounting plate.
1
ø12

M8X18

B-164

273/473 78

ø12

236/436 95.5

1

3 Sinoptic panel: max. opening 65º.

B-280
273/473 78

236/436 95.5

B-280

C Bottom mounting plate.
E Control console mounting plate.
Notes: 2 cable entries on 1600 mm wide desks.
Upper B and bottom C mounting plates
can be substituted by a complete D
mounting plate.
For 2 door control desks:
a +25 mm
b -25 mm

monobloc control desks H IM EL 1/161

PK-PKP

FUNDAMENTAL COMPONENTS
IP55 (EN 60529)

Accessories for metal control desks

Mounting plates
Made of galvanised
sheet steel for the
bottom, total, front and
console models, and in
zinc steel for bichrome
universal plates.

B
D
E

A

C

PK and PKP

PKP... /F
A Bottom mounting plate.
B Upper mounting plate.
C Bottom mounting plate.
E Control console mounting plate.
D Complete mounting plate.
Notes: Upper B and bottom C
mounting plates can be substituted
by a complete D mounting plate

Bottom
To couple to control
desk reference

Metal

P

S

A and C
Universal

P

Front*
S

Metal

Pos.

PK 60

PMPK-8560 847 505

PMR 6760

675 508

PK 80

PMPK-8580 847 705

PMR 6780

675 708

A

PK 100

PMPK-85100 847 905 PMR 67100

675 908

A

PK 120

PMPK-85120 847 1105 PMR 67120

675 1108

A

PKP 60

PMPK-8560 847 505

PMR 6760

675 508

A

P

S

Pos.

B
Universal

Console
P

S

Pos.

Metal

P

E
S

Total*
Pos.

Metal

P

D
S

Pos.

A

PKP 80

PMPK-8580 847 705

PMR 6780

675 708

A

PKP 100

PMPK-85100 847 905 PMR 67100

675 908

A

PKP 120

PMPK-85120 847 1105 PMR 67120

675 1108

A

PKP 80/F30

PMP-7080 697 705

PMR 6780

675 708

C

PMP 4580 447 705

B

PMR 4280 425 708

B

PMP 4080

397

705

E

PMOL 148

1298 697

D

PKP 100/F30

PMP-70100 697 905 PMR 67100

675 908

C

PMP 45100 447 905

B

PMR 42100 425 908

B

PMP 40100

397

905

E

PMOL 1410 1298 897

D

675 1108

PMR 42120 425 1108

B

PMP 40120

397 1105

E

PMOL 1412 1298 1097

D

-

PMP 40160

397 1505

E

-

B

PMP 4080

397

705

E

PMOL 148

PKP 120/F30

PMP-70120 697 1105 PMR 67120

PKP 160/F30

PMP-70160 697 1505

-

C

PMP 45120 447 1105

B

C

PMP 45160 447 1505

B

PKP 80/F50

PMP-7080 697 705

PMR 6780

675 708

C

PMP 4580 447 705

B

PMR 4280 425 708

PKP 100/F50
PKP 120/F50

PMP-70100 697 905 PMR 67100

675 908

C

PMP 45100 447 905

B

PMR 42100 425 908

B

PMP 40100

397

905

PMP-70120 697 1105 PMR 67120

675 1108

C

PMP 45120 447 1105

B

PMR 42120 425 1108

B

PMP 40120

397 1105

PKP 160/F50

PMP-70160 697 1505

C

PMP 45160 447 1505

B

-

PMP 40160

397 1505

E

-

-

-

-

-

* The DFPK plate fixing suite is required to fix front or total mounting plates.

1/162 HIMEL monobloc control desks

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1298 697

D

E

PMOL 1410 1298 897

D.

E

PMOL 1412 1298 1097

D

-

-

-

-

PK-PKP

FUNDAMENTAL COMPONENTS
IP55 (EN 60529)

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

ø2
2

P

P

P

P

1018

S

16

50

ø10

S

S

16

15
S

PMPK...

PMP...

PMR...

25

PMOL...

For direct coupling to
the control desks using
floor-fixing screw holes.
c Heights of 100 and
200 mm.
c Accessible from front
and rear side.
c Painted in anthracite
grey polyester paint to
RAL-7022.

C - 106

C - 164

B - 62

C - 145
C - 34

Plinths

B - 228
B - 164

200

100

B-2

Plinth height
To couple to
control desk

Reference

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Without front

PK60

600

400

ZUN 64/100

ZUN 64/200

rear panel

PK80

800

400

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

fixed

PK100

1000

400

ZUN 104/100

ZUN 104/200

PK120

1200

400

ZUN 124/100

ZUN 124/200

Without front

PKP60

600

500

ZUN 65/100

ZUN 65/200

rear panel

PKP80

800

500

ZUN 85/100

ZUN 85/200

fixed

PKP100

1000

500

ZUN 105/100

ZUN 105/200

PKP120

1200

500

ZUN 125/100

ZUN 125/200

With front

PKP80/F30

800

400

ZUN 84/100

ZUN 84/200

model

PKP100/F30

1000

400

ZUN 104/100

ZUN 104/200

F30

PKP120/F30

1200

400

ZUN 124/100

ZUN 124/200

PKP160/F30

1600

400

ZUN 164/100

ZUN 164/200

With front

PKP80/F50

800

600

ZUN 86/100

ZUN 86/200

model

PKP100/F50

1000

600

ZUN 106/100

ZUN 106/200

F50

PKP120/F50

1200

600

ZUN 126/100

ZUN 124/200

PKP160/F50

1600

600

ZUN 166/100

ZUN 164/200

100 mm

200 mm

monobloc control desks H IM EL 1/163

PK-PKP

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS
IP55 (EN 60529)

Locks for metal control desks

Door and front panel locks
Standard double bar
lock, fixing wing-type
lock if changing from
double bar to standard
manual lock.
Operated by
wing-shaped handle
PDB .
LDB 5 key
(to DIN 43668).

OPTIONAL LOCK INSERTS TO TRANSFORM
THE STANDARD LOCK
Characteristics

Reference

Key type

v 6 mm square lock

LC-7

TC 6/CRN

v 7 mm square lock

LC-7

TC 7/CRN

v 8 mm square lock

LC-8

TC 8/CRN

∆ 7 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TT 7/CRN

∆ 8 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TT 8/CRN

405 full key lock

TCL/PK

Locks for rear doors
Standard double bar
lock (normal supply).
Operated by
LDB 5 key
(to DIN 43668).

OPTIONAL LOCK INSERTS TO TRANSFORM
THE FLAT LOCK
Characteristics

Key type

Reference

∆ 7 mm triangular lock

LT-7

∆ 8 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TPT 8/OLN

v 6 mm square lock

LC-7

TPC 6/OLN

v 7 mm square lock

LC-7

TPC 7/OLN

v 8 mm square lock

LC-8

TPC 8/OLN

TPT 7/OLN

Optional handle lock
Ergonomic locking
syhstem with pivoting
handle.

OPTIONAL LOCK INSERTS
TO TRANSFORM
THE HANDLE LOCK (1)
Characteristics

Key type

Handle lock panel

Reference
MCS/OLN
MCS/MICH 8079

Handle lock with MICHELIN type mechanism

MCS/MICH 8133
MCS/MICH 8376

v 6 mm square lock

LC-7

TC 6/OLN

v 7 mm square lock

LC-7

TC 7/OLN

v 8 mm square lock

LC-8

TC 8/OLN

∆ 7 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TT 7/OLN

∆ 8 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TT 8/OLN

∆ 6.5 mm CNOMO
triangular lock

LT-6,5

TCNOMO/OLN

∆ 6.5 mm CNOMO triangular lock

(1) To form the new lock
order the panel with handle
ref.: MCS/OLN plus the
operating/locking variant
chosen.

1/164 HIMEL monobloc control desks

for double door enclosures
Key lock type 405
Safety cylinder lock

TCNOMO/OLN-2P
TL/OLN
TLR/OLN

Pushbutton lock opening

TS/OLN

FIAT lock

TFI/OLN

E1 lock

TLE1/OLN

Padlock

BC/OLN

PK-PKP

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS
IP55 (EN 60529)

Plate support suites
DFPK suite... needed to
fix front or total plates to
PKP…/F control desks.
c Are depth-adjustable.
c For double plates
(back-to-back) the 4
loose bracket suite
should be ordered.
Ref.: EDF/PK.

To couple to front
of control desk

Reference

PKP.../F30

DFPK-2030

PKP.../F50

DFPK-4050

Maximum load
per retainer

Reference

21 kg

RETN 21/PK

24 kg

RETN 24/PK

29 kg

RETN 30/PK

To couple to control desk

Reference

Pneumatic retainers
Quick-to-mount
pneumatic retainers
make it easy to open the
console while stopping it
from dropping abruptly.

PC monitor support
Monitor support suite to
join to the front of the
PKF…F control desks,
consisting of guides and
horizontal tray.

PKP800/F...

SPC8

PKP1000/F...

SPC10

PKP1200/F...

SPC12

PKP1600/F...

SPC16

To couple to width control desk

Reference

600

REP 6

800

REP 8

1000

REP 10

1200

REP 12

1600

REP 16

Diagram rest
Profile for fixing to the
edge of the top tilted
panel. Stops diagrams
or material from falling.
c Made of PVC to
RAL-7011.

monobloc control desks H IM EL 1/165

Stainless steel enclosures

Door reinforcement frame on
CRSX 108 and 128 models.

Back with 4 welded studs for
fixing of mounting plate and
depth adjustable supports.
4 drillings for direct wall fixing or
through brackets.

Earthing between body and door
through welded studs. Total
safety of use. Available as
accessory.
1/166 HIMEL stainless steel enclosures

Polyurethane foamed gasket
ensuring full watertightness
(IP66).

Vertical door profiles (up from
600 mm high enclosures)
for fixing of equipment.

Stainless steel hinge bolted to
the body of the enclosure for a
reversible door and easy
machining. Opening angle over
120°.

for permanent protection

Stainless steel inside guide
and reinforcement frame with
section 18×18 mm, reinforced
at 25 mm intervals with Ø 5
and 10 mm drill holes.

Inside view of cable gland plate
in stainless steel.

Guide with drill holes every
25 mm to facilitate
depth-adjustment of the plate.

stainless steel enclosures H IM EL 1/167

CRSX

STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURES
IP66 (EN 60529)

CRSX 54/200

The stainless steel Himel enclosures are specially

■

14 dimensions. Wide range of accessories compatible

■

CMOX range in stainless steel also available, dimensions

with the CRN enclosures.

suitable for corrosive environments and installations
where hygiene is essential. Also in chemical and food
industries, etc.
■

Monobloc watertight AISI 304 stainless steel enclosures.
Types AISI 304L (resistant against corrosive organic
agents) and AISI 316 (resistant to concentrated acids and
halogen based agents) also available on request.

■

Scotch brite (AST) type mechanical polish for an excellent
surface quality and improved protection against
corrosion. Electrical polish on request.

1/168 HIMEL stainless steel enclosures

up to 2000 high  1600 wide  600 deep (mm).

CRSX

STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURES
IP66 (EN 60529)

MODELS, SIZE AND REFERENCES
Mounting plates (1)

External
dimensions (mm)

Depth adjust. DINIMEL
m. plate chassis (1)
support (1)

Enclosures

Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

Reference

No. of
locks

No. of
hinges

D

F

G

M

T

Weight
(Kg)

300

200

150

CRSX 32/150

1

2

150

257

157

134

-

3.9

300

250

150

CRSX 3025/150

1

2

150

257

207

134

-

4.8

300

300

150

CRSX 33/150

1

2

150

257

257

134

-

400

300

150

CRSX 43/150

2

2

200

347

257

134

165

5.7

400

300

200

CRSX 43/200

2

2

200

347

257

184

165

6.7

400

400

200

CRSX 44/200

2

2

200

347

357

184

265

7

500

400

200

CRSX 54/200

2

2

125

457

357

184

265

9.2

600

400

200

CRSX 64/200

2

2

125

557

357

184

317

10.7

600

600

250

CRSX 66/250

2

2

125

557

557

234

517

14

700

500

250

CRSX 75/250

2

2

125

657

457

234

417

18.5

800

600

250

CRSX 86/250

2

2

125

757

557

234

517

23.5
31

5

800

800

300

CRSX 88/300

2

2

125

757

757

284

717

1000

800

300

CRSX 108/300

2

3

125

957

757

284

650

38.5

1200

800

300

CRSX 128/300

2

3

125

1157

757

284

650

44

metal

insulating

perf.

universal

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

Internal
door (1)

p
p

p

p
p

p
p

p
p

p
p

p

p
p

(1) See characteristics and references in CRN.

Dimensions (mm)
FIG. 1

C

B
1

20

D

50

2

25

25

A

A-50

G

A-75

F

D

B-75

16.5
B-50

M8×25

B-50

M

M6×15

2.5

1 2 mm thick door
reinforcement frame in
CRSX 108/300
and 128/300 models.
v 20 × 15 mm cross section
with Ø 5 and 10 mm
drillings every 25 mm.
2 Two vertical door
reinforcement profiles
(models from 600 mm high)
with 4,25 mm Ø drillings
every 25 mm.

2.5
T
stainless steel enclosures H IM EL 1/169

CMOX

MONOBLOC STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURES
IP55 (EN 60529)

CMOX 188/40

Floor standing enclosures made of AISI 304 stainless

■

4 support brackets included for mounting plate PMOL.

steel. Polished finish.

■

Stainless steel cable gland plate.

■

Optional 100 and 200 mm high plinths.

■

Optional stainless steel canopies.

■

Lifting eyebolts TMO/12 available.

■
■

Door in folded and welded 304 stainless sheet steel.
Door opening 120º, to right or left. Reinforcing frame on
door, with 4 stainless steel hinges.
Maximum load 50 kg.
3 locking points. Handle with key 405.

1/170 HIMEL stainless steel enclosures

CMOX

MONOBLOC STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURES
IP55 (EN 60529)

MODELS, SIZES AND REFERENCES
External dimensions
(mm)
Height
(A)

Width
(B)

Depth
(C)

1200

1000

300

1600

800

400

1800

800

1800

No. of
doors

E

F

CMOX 1210/30

2

720

170

CMOX 168/40

1

520

270

400

CMOX 188/40

1

520

270

1200

400

CMOX 1812/40

2

920

270

1800

1600

400

CMOX 1816/40

2

520

270

2000

800

400

CMOX 208/40

1

520

270

2000

1000

400

CMOX 2010/40

2

720

270

2000

1200

500

CMOX 2012/50

2

920

370

2000

1600

600

CMOX 2016/60

2

1,320

470

Reference

MOL universal
chassis

p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p

PIL
internal doors

Reference
mounting plate
PMOL 1210

p
p

PMOL 168
PMOL 188
PMOL 1812
PMOL 1816

p
p
p

PMOL 208
PMOL 2010
PMOL 2012
PMOL 2016

Dimensions (mm)

A-70

A-70

FIG. 1

730

A
20

A - 150

A - 150

B -70

650

650

M8 × 18

B - 150

B/2 - 150

M8 × 18
C

800
636*

67
67

M8 × 18

30

M8 × 18

C-164*

F

236*
67

E

30

E

F

67

B-164 *

1000/1200

1600

* Dimensions for fixing plinth to floor.

stainless steel enclosures H IM EL 1/171

CRSX-CMOX

FUNDAMENTAL COMPONENTS
IP66/IP55 (EN 60529)

Mounting plates

S

P

Insulating

S

10.5

12.5

10.5

MM-1010, MM-1012, MM-128 and MM-1210

ø6.5
A-75
25

ø8.5
20 25

Insulating

Metallic

Metallic

P

A comprehensive range
of plates in three
versions solves most
installation requirements.
c Mounting plates in
zinc bichromated steel
with holes for accessory
fixing and earth
connection.
c Insulating plates in
bakelite.
c Perforated plates in
galvanized steel, drilled
with 3.6 mm Ø holes,
12.5 mm apart.
c Perforated plates for
quick equipment fixing,
in zinc bichromated
steel. The distribution of
them, together with the
position of the nuts,
cover all the fixing
points.

12.5

25

25
B-75

Perforated

Universal

S

E

15

12.5

P

D

Universal

Perforated

MF-1010, MF-1012, MF-128 and MF-1210

A-75

12.5

12.5

ø3.6

12.5

12.5

B-75

To fit into CRSX
enclosures

Metallic

Insulating

Width
(B)

300

200

MM-32

2

0.5

MB-32

4

0.2

MF-32

2

0.5

265

150

300

250

MM-3025

2

0.6

MB-3025

4

0.3

MF-3025

2

0.6

265

200

300

300

MM-33

2

1.2

MB-33

4

0.5

MF-33

2

1.1

265

250

MR-33

255

251

400

300

MM-43

2

1.6

MB-43

4

0.5

MF-43

2

1.5

365

250

MR-43

348

251

400

400

MM-44

2

2.2

MB-44

4

0.7

MF-44

2

2.1

365

350

MR-44

345

351

500

400

MM-54

2

2.5

MB-54

4

0.9

MF-54

2

2.4

465

350

MR-54

450

351

600

400

MM-64

2

3.1

MB-64

4

1.1

MF-64

2

3.1

565

350

MR-64

555

351

600

600

MM-66

2

5.5

MB-66

4

1.7

MF-66

2

5.5

565

550

MR-66

555

551

700

500

MM-75

2

4.6

MB-75

4

1.7

MF-75

2

4.3

665

450

MR-75

645

451

800

600

MM-86

3

9.9

MB-86

4

2.3

MF-86

3

9

765

550

MR-86

750

551

800

800

MM-88

3

13.6

MB-88

5

4.5

MF-88

3

12

765

750

MR-88

750

751

1000

800

MM-108

3

16.9

MB-108

5

5.7

MF-108

3

16

965

750

MR-108

945

751

1200

800

MM-128

2.5

17.8

MB-128

5

6.8

MF-128

2.5

17

1150

750

MR-128

1145

751

1/172 HIMEL stainless steel enclosures

Reference

Thickness Weight
(mm)
(Kg)

Universal

Height
(A)

Reference

Thickness Weight
(mm)
(Kg)

Perforated

Reference

Thickness Weight
(mm)
(Kg)

P

S

Reference

D

E

MR-32

255

154

MR-3025

253

228

CRSX-CMOX

ACCESSORIES AND COMPLEMENTS
IP66/IP55 (EN 60529)

Locks for CRSX enclosures
Key type /
reference

Type

STD/CSX
Double bar standard
lock, with stainless steel
latch and fixing screw.
Operation through LDB3
key
(according

to DIN 43668) (supplied
as standard).
Reference STD/CSX.

Reference

Stainless steel v 6 mm
square lock

LC-7

TC 6/CSX

Stainless steel v 7 mm
square lock

LC-7

TC 7/CSX

Stainless steel ∆ 8 mm
triangular lock

LT-8

TT 8/CSX

Key lock type 405

CL/CSX

Full stainless catch

CC6/CSX

Locks for CMSX enclosures
Key type /
reference

Type
Double bar lock

Directly operated
standard closing
mechanism retractable
handle with key 405.

Reference

LDB 5

TE DB/ML

∆ 7 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TE T7/ML

∆ 8 mm triangular lock

LT-8

TE T8/ML

v 6 mm square lock

LC-8

TE C6/ML

v 7 mm square lock

LC-8

TE C7/ML

v 8 mm square lock

LC-8

TE C8/ML

Key lock type 405

TE L/ML

Safety cylinder lock

TE R/ML

Manual lock

TEM/PLD

Padlock fastening

BCME/PL

Wall fixing brackets
Set of 4 stainless steel
brackets fixed from the
outside vertically or
horizontally. Not included in
standard supply.
Reference: CRSX: PFCX.
CMOX: FCMX.

FCMX

PFCX

stainless steel enclosures H IM EL 1/173



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : 3.1-701
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Create Date                     : 2006:10:03 08:40:49Z
Modify Date                     : 2006:12:11 09:32:39Z
Metadata Date                   : 2006:12:11 09:32:39Z
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Catalog HIMEL.pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:51c45ec0-6ef3-497d-a020-00d775e2ac2c
Instance ID                     : uuid:87211804-9cef-4f31-b299-813ef41a12ff
Has XFA                         : No
Page Count                      : 186
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu